+ All Categories
Home > Documents > COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE &...

COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE &...

Date post: 14-Mar-2018
Category:
Upload: nguyendang
View: 222 times
Download: 4 times
Share this document with a friend
56
GURUKULA KANGRI VISHWAVIDYALAYA HARIDWAR, UTTARAKHAND FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES (FMS) Two Year Full Time Programmes M.B.A. (Business Adminisration) M.B.A. (Business Economics) M.B.A. (Business Finance) COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS Rank ed am ong t o p 1 00 B - Sc h oo l s in I ndia i n D a la l S tr e et B-S c ho ol d ir e c to r y , 20 0 7 Published By : Registrar, Gurukul Kangri Vishwavidyalaya, Haridwar. Rs. 5/- Rs. 5/- Rs. 5/- Rs. 5/- Rs. 5/- (From 2014 onward)
Transcript
Page 1: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

GURUKULA KANGRI VISHWAVIDYALAYA

HARIDWAR, UTTARAKHAND

FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES (FMS)

Two Year Full Time Programmes

vvvvv M.B.A. (Business Adminisration)

vvvvv M.B.A. (Business Economics)

vvvvv M.B.A. (Business Finance)

COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS

Ranked among top 100 B-Schools

in Ind ia

in Dalal Street B

-School d irectory, 2007

Published By : Registrar , Gurukul Kangri V ishwavidyalaya, Haridwar .

Rs. 5/-Rs. 5/-Rs. 5/-Rs. 5/-Rs. 5/-

(From 2014 onward)

Page 2: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINIST RAT ION (MBA)COURSE STRUCTURE

FIRST YEARFIRST SEMESTERMBA-101 Vedic ManagementMBA-102 Quantitative MethodsMBA-103 Managerial EconomicsMBA-104 Environment and ManagementMBA-105 Soft Skills DevelopmentMBA-106 Management Principles & PracticesMBA-107 Accounting For ManagersMBA-108 Computer Applications in ManagementSECOND SEMESTERMBA-201 Organizational BehaviorMBA-202 Management ScienceMBA-203 Human Resource ManagementMBA-204 Financial ManagementMBA-205 Marketing ManagementMBA-206 Production and Operations ManagementMBA-207 Research MethodologyMBA-208 Business EnvironmentSUMMER PROJECT: The student will go for Summer Training in an approved organizationfor s ix to eight weeks after the completion of second semester & submit the Project Reportby 30th August duly signed by the External Supervisor as well as Internal Supervisor. A latefee of Rs. 1000/ will be paid by the student, if he/she fails to submit the report thereafter. Theproject will be evaluated jointly by the External Examiner and the Internal Supervisor.

SECOND YEARNOTE: During Second year the student shall choose in addition to core papers, six optional

papers out of two specializations (selecting two blocks of the specialization) in thirdsemester.

NOTE: To run any specialization given below , a minimum of 08 student s arerequired.

THIRD SEMESTERCORE PAPERS:MBA-301 Summer ProjectMBA-302 Project ManagementMBA-303 Decision Support System and Management Information SystemMBA-304 Corporate StrategiesOPTIONALS:AREA 1 MARKETINGMBA- 305 Sales ManagementMBA- 306 Advertising ManagementMBA- 307 Marketing of ServicesAREA 2 FINANCEMBA- 308 Management of Financial ServicesMBA- 309 Corporate Tax Planning & ManagementMBA- 310 Investment Management and Financial EngineeringAREA 3 HUMAN RESOURCESMBA- 311 Industrial RelationsMBA- 312 Human Resource DevelopmentMBA- 313 Labour LawsAREA 4 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYMBA- 314 Information System Analysis and Design

MBA- 315 Technology ManagementMBA- 316 E-Commerce and E -GovernanceAREA 5 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENTMBA- 317 Logistics and Supply Chain ManagementMBA- 318 Total Quality ManagementMBA- 319 World Class ManufacturingAREA 6 SMALL BUSINESS & ENTREPRENEURSHIP MANAGEMENTMBA- 320 Entrepreneurial DevelopmentMBA- 321 Small Business Environment & ManagementMBA- 322 New Enterprise ManagementAREA 7 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESSMBA- 323 International Trade Practices, Procedures And DocumentationMBA- 324 International Financial ManagementMBA- 325 International Financial System And MarketsAREA 8 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIORMBA-326 Organizational Structure, Design and ChangeMBA-327 Corporate LeadershipMBA-328 Stress Management

FOURTH SEMESTERMBA- 401 DissertationNOTE:The same specialization shall be opted by the students as they have opted in thirdsemester.The dissertation shall be submitted by 30th April. A late fee of Rs. 1000/ will be paid by thestudent, if he/she fails to submit the report thereafter. A committee will approve the subject/topic of Dissertation, after the scrutiny and personal interview.OPTIONALS:AREA 1 MARKETINGMBA- 402 Rural marketingAREA 2 FINANCEMBA- 403 Working Capital ManagementAREA 3 HUMAN RESOURCESMBA- 404 Competency Mapping & DevelopmentAREA 4 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYMBA- 405 Information Security and Cyber Laws in BusinessAREA 5 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENTMBA- 406 Managing Technology & InnovationAREA 6 SMALL BUSINESS & ENTREPRENEURSHIP MANAGEMENTMBA- 407 Ethics and Business GovernanceAREA 7 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESSMBA- 408 India’s Foreign Trade PolicyAREA 8 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIORMBA- 409 Organizational DevelopmentEVALUATION:Each paper except Dissertation will carry 100 marks of which 30 marks shallbe reserved for the internal assessment based on written test (20 marks), class participation(05 marks), presentation/assignment (05 marks).The remaining 70 marks in each paper shallbe awarded on the basis of a written examination at the end of each semester.NOTE:lllll Major specialization will be the one in which the student is opting fordissert ation and the other specialization will be treated as minor .lllll A candidate will only be allowed to appear in the examination andinternal assessment (Written test of 20 marks), if he /she has secured 75%attendance in the course during the said period.

{1} {2}

Page 3: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

EVALUATION OF DISSERTATION:(a) The marks shall be awarded jointly by the External and Internal Examiners, after viva-voce examination. The distribution of marks shall be as follows:

Dissertation : 80 MarksViva-Voce : 60 Marks*Internal : 60 Marks

Total : 200 Marks

*(b) The supervisor will make periodic assessment of the candidates' work and award themarks. This may be based on viva-voce and presentation.

MBA-101VEDIC MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30Note: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.

OBJECTIVE: The basic purpose of this course is to develop an insight of ancient Indiantradition of vedic management.UNIT- I: Introduction to Vedas, Manu Smriti: Code of ideal human conduct, Management

Practices from Kautilya's Arthashastra.UNIT- II: Purusarthas (Absolute Attainments), The Role of a Manager, Leadership: an

Indian vision - Qualities of a leader, Lessons taught by Indian Scriptures.UNIT- III: Self-management, Management of Men and Motivation-as viewed in Vedic

Philosophy, Managerial and Corporate Excellence.UNIT- IV: Business Ethics, Managing Ethics, Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for

Management, Value-Oriented Holistic Management,UNIT- V: Theory of Karma Siddhanta, Gita and the Art of Successful Management,

Individual Discipline, Family and Social Discipline, National Discipline.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Chakravarty, A. E. (2001). The Geeta And The Art Of Successful

Management.Harper Collins Publishers India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.2. Dave, N. V.( 2003). Vedanta and Management. Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.

Ltd.New Delhi.3. Dwivedi, R.S. (2000). Corporate Excellence (The Eternal Quest)..Macmillan India

Limited. New Delhi.4. Ganeshdas,A. S.(1996). Dharma Ratnam. Roop Nagar. Sadhubela

Foundation.New Delhi.5. Murthy, C.S.V. (2006). Business Ethics (Text and Cases). Himalaya Publishing

House. New Delhi.6. Ranganathananda ,Swami.(2000). Human Values in Management ( 3rd ed.).

Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan. Mumbai.7. Sharma, R. N. (1998). Manusmriti. Chaukhamba Sanskrit Pratishthan,New Delhi.8. Sherlekar, S. A. (1998). Ethics in Management. Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.9. Vaidya, C.V.(2005). History of Sanskrit Literature. Parimal Publications.New Delhi.

NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teacher from time to time.

MBA -102QUANTITATIVE METHODS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to make the students familiar with some basicstatistical tools and linear programming technique. The main focus however is on theirapplications in business decision-making.UNIT- I: Mathematical basis of Managerial Decision.Concepts, Matrices, Frequency

Distribution and their Analysis.UNIT- II: Probability Theory and Probability Distributions.Binomial, Poisson, Normal &

Exponential.UNIT- III: Correlation and Regression Analysis, Test of Hypothesis -t, Z and chi square

tests, Analysis of Variance.UNIT- IV: Time Series Analysis & Forecasting.UNIT- V: Linear Programming-Basic Concepts, Formulation, Graphical and Simplex Methods,

Introduction to some Basic Linear Programming Packages.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Anderson, D.R., Sweeney, D.J., Williams, T.A., Camm, J.D., Cochran, J.J., Fry,

M.J., & Ohlmann, J.W., (2013). Quantitative Methods for Business. CencageLearning,New Delhi.

2. Beri,G.C.(2005). Business Statistics.Tata McGraw Hill,New Delhi.3. Brandimarte, P., (2012). Quantitative Methods: An Introduction for Business

Management. John Wiley & Sons,USA.4. Curwin, J., & Slater, R., (2008). Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions.

Thomson Learning, London.5. Dewhurst, F. (2006). Quantitative Methods for Business and Management.

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.6. Curwin, J., & Slater, R., (2004). Quantitative Methods: A Short Course. Thomson

Learning, London.7. Keller, G.(2009) Introduction to Statistics. Cengage Learning, New Delhi8. Levine, D.M, Kribbeil,T. C, Berenson.M and Vishawanath,P.K.(2011). Basic

Statistics: A First Course. Pearson Education. New Delhi.9. Levin R.I. and Rubin, D.S.(2011). Statistics for Management; 8th ed.Pearson

Education. New Delhi.10. Levine, Stephan, Krebbiel and Borenjon,(2007) .Statistics for Managers using

Microsoft Excel. PHI, New Delhi.11. Levin, R.I., & Rubin, D.S., (2009). Statistics for Management. Pearson Education

Inc,New Delhi.12. Sharma,J.K.(2007). Business Statistics.Pearson Education. New Delhi.13. Sharma, J.K., (2009). Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decisions. Macmillan

Publishers India Ltd, New Delhi.14. Gupta, S.P. & Gupta, M.P (1986). Business Statistics. Sultan Chand, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA -103MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT - Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following syllabus

{3} {4}

Page 4: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to acquaint the participants with the conceptsand techniques used in economic theory and to enable them to apply this knowledge in business decision.making. Emphas is is given to changes in the nature of business firms in thecontext of globalizotion.UNIT- I: Concepts and Techniques of Managerial Economics, Nature of Business

decision.making, Marginal Analysis, Optimization.UNIT- II: Theory of Demand: Demand Function, Income and Substitution Effects, Revealed

Preference approach and Demand Forecasts, Production and Cost, Returns toScale, Cost Curves and Break. Even Analysis.

UNIT- III: Theory of Firm.Profit Maximization, Sales Maximization, Organizational Slack,Ownership and Contr ol, Market Structure, Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly,Non.Price Competition.

UNIT- IV: Macro Economics : Aggregates and Concepts.GNP and GDP, AggregateConsumption, Gross Domestic Savings, Gross Domestic Capital Formation,Employment, WPI, CPI and Inflation.

UNIT- V: Balance of Payments, Money Supply, Monetary Policy, Fiscal Policy, Concept andMeasurement of National Income, Determination of National Income , ConsumptionFunction, Fiscal Impact and Investment Synthesis of Monetary and Real Factors.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Adhikary, M., (2001). Business Economics. Excel Books, New Delhi:2. Bach G.L,(1977) Economics, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.3. Baumol, W.J., (1961). Economic Theory and Operations Analysis.Prentice Hall,New

Delhi.4. Dwivedi, D.N., (2009). Managerial Economics. Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd,New

Delhi.5. Gupta, G.S., (2001). Managerial Economics. Tata McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi6. Henderson J. and Quandt R.E.(1980). Microeconomics Theory. A Mathematical

Approach .McGraw Hill, New Delhi.7. Heathfield and Macmillan. W. (1987). An Introduction to Cost and Production

Functions. Thomson Learning, London.8. Koutsoyiannis,M.( 1990). Modern Microeconomics. MacMillan, New Delhi.9. Keat, P., & Young, P.K., (2008). Managerial Economics. Prentice Hall,New Delhi.10. Lipsey R.G. and Chrystal, K.A.( 1999). Principles of Economics (9th Edition) ,

Oxford Univers ity Press,USA.11. Png, I., (2002). Managerial Economics. Blackwell Publishers,New York.12. McGuigan, J.R., & Moyer, R.C., (2007). Managerial Economics;Application,

Strategies, and Tactics. South.Western College Publication,USA.13. S.P. Singh (2004).Managerial Economics, , AITBS, New Delhi.14. Webster, T.J., (2003). Managerial Economics: Theory & Practice. Academic

Press,London.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-104ENVIRONMENT AND MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.

OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to make the students familiar with theconcepts and techniques of environment and its management.UNIT-I: Environmental Management: Fundamentals. Sustainable Development, Implications

of Human Population Growth, Limits to growth, Environment and Business Schools.UNIT-II: Energy Management: Fundamentals. Fossil Fuels use, Energy Production and

Trade, Energy Balance, Ecosystem Concepts, Basic Concepts and theirApplication in Business.

UNIT-III: Industr ial Ecology and Recycling Industry, Environmental Management System,EMS Standards, ISO 14000, Environmental Auditing, Clearance/ Permissionsfor Establishing Industry, Environmental Management & Valuation, Envir onmentalAccounting, Economics .Environmental Taxes Shifts, Green Funding, CorporateMergers.

UNIT-IV: Environmental Ethics, Environmental Management Trade and EnvironmentalManagement, Debt and Environment, GATT, WTO Provisions, Envir onmenta lLaws, Acts, Patents, IPRS, Role of NGO'S, PIL.

UNIT-V: Pollution & Waste Management - Air, Water, Land Pollution, Trade in Wastes,Water Forest & Biodiversity Management. Water Resources Dams and theirRole, Forest Products and Trade, Role of Biodiversity in Internationa l Trade,Approaches to Corporate Ethics, Bio.Ethics.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Gupta,D.N.(1997).Environmental Accounting.Wheeler Publising, New Delhi.2. Harley, Nick.( 1997). Environmental Economics.MacMillan India Ltd, Delhi.3. Kolstad ,Charles, D.( 2000).Environmental Economic. Oxford University

Press,USA.4. Mohanty,M.(1996.). Environment & Pollution Law., S.K. Universal Law

Publishing,New delhi.5. Pandey G.N.(1997)., Environmental Management., Vikas Publishing House., New Delhi.6. Uberoi N.K.(2000)., Environmental Management., Excel Books.,New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-105SOFT SKILLS DEVELOPMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The Course is aimed at equipping the students with the necessary concepts,techniques and skills of communication to inform others and to inspire and motivate themto get their cooperation in the performance of their jobs. Students are encouraged tofollow these skills as self.study and self.driven process.UNIT-I: Introduction, Importance, Role and Process of Business Communication, Verbal

and Non Verbal Communication, Effective Communication, Directions ofCommunication and Barriers to Communication.

UNIT-II: Individual Communication.Letters and Memos, Group Communication.Circularsand Notices, The Process of Writing Commercial letters.Routine Requests &Replies, Claim & Adjustment letter.

UNIT-III: Meetings.Agenda and Notice, Press Release, Seminars & Conferences, GroupDiscussions, Public Speaking, Legal Issues in Communication , Public Relations.

UNIT-IV: Negotiation Skills, Presentation Skills, Writing a Business Report, Resume andJob Application letter, The Job Interview.

UNIT-V: Electronic Communication, Fax, E.mail, Internet and Multimedia, OfficeAdministration and Management, Business Etiquette.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Baugh, Frrayer & Thomas (1995)How to write first class Business

Correspondence.MacGraw Hills, New Delhi.2. Borg J, (2008).Body Language (7 easy lessons to master the silent

{5} {6}

Page 5: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

language).Pearson Education,New Delhi.3. Chaturvedi, P D & Chaturvedi, M (2004). Business Communication (Concepts,

Cases and Applications),.Pearson Education, New Delhi.4. Hudson, R.H.,(2006) .Business Communication;5th Edition. Jaico Publishing

House, Mumbai.5. Kitty Locker & Kaczmarek (2010)Business Communication, Building Critical

Skills.McGraw.Hill, New Delhi.6. Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji (2000) . Developing Communication

Skills.Macmillan India Ltd, New Delhi.7. Lesikar, R.V., Flatley, M.E., Rentz, K. and Pande, N.(2008). Business

Communication: Making Connections in a Digital World;11th Edition. TataMcGraw.Hill, New Delhi.

8. Murphy Herta A & Peck (1997). Effective Business Communications.Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi.

9. Chopra, R .K. & Chopra, A. (2009).Office Management. Himalaya PublishingHouse, New Delhi.

10. Ober,S.(2007) .Contemporary Business Communication. PHI, New Delhi.11. Treece, Malra,(1994) . Successful Business Communication.Allyn and Bacon, Boston.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teacher from time to time.

MBA-106MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES & PRACTICES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal-.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of the course it to help the students again an understanding ofthe functions and responsibility of the management which will serve as a foundation forthe study of most of the functional areas in the MBA Programme.UNIT- I: Introductory - Concept of Management and its significance, Management Process,

Management Roles, Management level and Management skills. Functional Areasof Management. Trends in professionalisation of Management in India. Evolutionof Management Theory - Classical School, Scientific Management School, HumanRelations School, Behavioral School.

UNIT- II: Approaches to Management -Behavioural, Process, Systems and Contingency,Types and Process of Setting objectives; MBO.: Concept, Process and ManagerialImplications. Decision Making: Concept, Process, Types and Techniques ofdecision making.

UNIT- III: Organizing -Principles, Process and significance of organizing, concepts inorganizing, Line and Staff authority, Departmentation, Span of Management,Centralization and Decentralization, principles of organizational Designing, Typesof Organizational Structures.

UNIT- IV: Directing - Concept, Nature, Scope, Principles of Direction, Leadership StylesMotivation Concepts and Implications. Communication: Concepts, Process,Barriers to Communication and Building an effective system of Communication,Media and Channels of communication.

UNIT- V: Coordinating and Controlling : Coordination - Nature, Scope and Techniques ofCoordination, Nature, process and aspect of control, types, areas of exercisingcontrol, Major Control System,and their designing, Modern Techniques of Control.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Agrawal, R.D. (1995).Organisation and Management. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.2. Drucker,Peter.(2007). Practice of Management.Elsevier Ltd, USA.

3. Gupta, C.B.(2002). Principle and Practices of Management.Mayur,New Delhi.4. Kooutz, O'Donnel & Weilrich(2008).Essentials of Management;7th edition. Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi,.5. Newmann & Summer (1997).Process of Management .6. Prasad, L.M.( 2008). Principle of Management. Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-107ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The basic purpose of this course is to develop an insight of Postulates,Principles and Techniques of accounting and utilization of financial accounting informationfor planning, decision.making and control.UNIT- I: Financial Accounting . Concept, Importance and Scope, Generally Accepted

Accounting Principles, Recording of Financial transactions.Journals, Ledger, Cashbook, Subsidiary books, Trial balance, Adjustments and Rectification of errors.

UNIT-II: Revenue Recognition and measurement, matching of revenue and expenses:Inventory pricing and Valuation. Long term assets and Depreciation Accounting.Preparation of Financial Statements: Profit and Loss account, Balance Sheetand related concepts.

UNIT-III: Management Accounting . Concept, Need, Importance and Scope, AccountingRatios: Meaning, Significance and Limitation. Classification, Computation andInterpretation of Liquidity Ratios, Leverage Ratios, Activity/Turnover Ratio andProfitability Ratios.

UNIT-IV: Techniques of Financial Analysis: Meaning and need, Preparation and Interpretation.Cash flow analysis. Concept, Preparation & Interpretation, Budget and BudgetaryControl, Zero.Base Budgeting.

UNIT-V: Resource planning systems. MRP1, MRP2 and ERP, human resources accounting,Inflation accounting, International accounting standards.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bhattacharyya, D. (2010). Management Accounting.Pearson education India,New

Delhi.2. Kumar, G.A. (2010).Management Accounting.Pearson Publication, New Delhi3. Kuppapally, J. J. (2008).Accounting for Managers. Prentice Hall of India, New

Delhi.4. Lucey T. (2003).Management Accounting.Cengage Learning EMEA.5. Mathur, S.B. (2010). Management Accounting.Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi.6. Noreen, E.W. (2011).Managerial Accounting For Managers. Tata McGraw Hill,

New Delhi.7. Pandey, I.M. (2006).Management Accounting.Vikas Publishing House,New Delhi.8. Schatzberg, J. (2010).Introduction to Management Accounting. Pearson

Publication, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-108COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - The

{7} {8}

Page 6: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

student has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this paper is to develop a basic understanding of computers& management information system and their use in the business organizations. The studentsare required to know only basics of hardware and software.UNIT- I: Evolution of Computers, Computer Generations, Basic Computer organization,

Classification of Computers.UNIT- II: Processor and Memory, Secondary Storage Devices, Input-Output Devices.UNIT- III: Computer Languages, Computer Software, Application Software Packages. Word

Processing package (MS.Word), Spreadsheet Package (MS.Excel), PresentationGraphics Package (MS.PowerPoint).

UNIT- IV: Business Data Processing - Definition, Data Storage, Hierarchy, Standard Methodsof Organizing Data, Database Management System, Computer Networks (LANand WAN only), Computer Security.

UNIT- V: Internet and the Role of IT in Business, Information Systems.Introduction, Definitionand Categories, Role of MIS in Decision Making.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Goel, A. (2010). Computer Fundamentals. Pearson Education, New Delhi.2. Leon, A., & Leon, M.(2005).Principles of IT. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.3. Madan, S. (2011). Student's Guide to IT. Taxmann Allied Services Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.4. Madan, S.(2006). Introduction to Essential Tools. Mayur Paperbacks,Noida.5. Murthy, C.S.V. (2001). Management Information Systems - Text & Applications.

Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.6. McLeod, Raymond, Schell, & George, P. (2007).Management Information

System(10th ed.).Pearson.Education Inc, USA..7. Prasad,L.M. & Prasad,Usha.(2010).Management Information Systems.Sultan

Chand & Sons,New Delhi.8. Rainer, Turban & Potter.(2005). Introduction to Information Technology. John

Wiley & Sons Inc.USA.9. Sinha, P. K., & Sinha, U.(2004).Computer Fundamentals(3rd Ed). BPB Pulications,

New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teacher from time to time.

SECOND SEMESTERMBA-201

ORGANIZATIONAL B EHAVIOURDuration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30Note: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To impart conceptual knowledge of organizational behaviour and to developskills useful for understanding, predicting and dealing with human behaviour problems inpurposive organizations.UNIT- I: Introduction: Conceptual Foundation of OB; Concept of Organizational Behaviour,

Fields contributing to Organizational Behaviour, Roles of Managers, Challengesand Opportunities of Organizational Behaviour.

UNIT- II: Foundations of Individual Behaviour: Attitude, Personality, Perception, and Learning.UNIT- III: Foundations of Group Behaviour: Groups: Concept, Types, Their (Groups of

Organization) Development Stages, Why do people join groups, Group DecisionMaking, Group Think, Transactional Analysis, Quality Circles.

UNIT-IV: Leadership: Concept, Leadership Styles, Effective Leadership, Theories of

Leadership: Trait, Behavioral and Contingency Model, Organizational Change:Concept, Resistance to Change and Managing Change.

UNIT-V: Organizational Behaviour in Global Context: Workforce Diversity, The Nature ofDiversity, Managing Diversity, Facing the International Challenges, The impact ofCulture on Organizational Behaviour.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Hersey, P.H., Blanchard, K.H., & Johnson, D.E. (2012). Management of

Organizational Behaviour. Prentice Hall, New Delhi.2. Kreitner, R., & Kinickj, A. (2008). Organizational Behaviour, McGraw.Hill, Arizona

State University.3. Luthans, F. (2006). Organizational Behaviour. McGraw.Hill, New Delhi.4. Robbins, S.P. (2010). Organizational Behaviour;11th ed. Prentice Hall. New York.5. Rao, M.G. & Rao, V.S.P. (1999). Organization Design, Change & Development.

Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.6. Reddy, G.S. & Aswathappa, K. (2012). Organizational Behaviour. Himalaya

Publishing House, Bengaluru.7. Srivastava, S.K., & Kumari, P. (2011). Organizational Behaviour: A Comprehensive

Study. Global Vision Publishing House, New Delhi.8. Singh, K. (2009). Organizational Behaviour: Text & Cases. Pearson Education

India, New Delhi.9. Sinha, J.B.P. (2009). Culture & Organizational Behaviour, Sage Publications Pvt.

Ltd, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-202MANAGEMENT SCIENCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the princ iplesand practice of Management Science.UNIT- I: Management Science: Basic Concepts and its role in decision-making, Sensitivity

Analysis, Linear Programming.UNIT- II: Assignment Models: Mathematical Formulation of Assignment, Fundamental

theorems, Hungarian Method for Assignment Problem, Unbalanced AssignmentProblem, Variations in Assignment Problem, Transportation Models: MathematicalFormulation, Metric form Transportation Problem, Feasible Solution, Basic FeasibleSolution and Optimum Solution, Moving towards Optimum Solution.

UNIT- III: Simulation: Definition, Types, Uses, Limitations & Phases of Simulation, EvenType, Monte.Carlo Simulation, Application of Simulation, Decision Theory: Types,Components of Decision Making, Decision Models, Decision Making underUncertainty, Decision Tree Analysis.

UNIT- IV: Game theory: Characteristic of Game Theory, Minimax Criterion & Optimal Strategy,Saddle Point, Minimax Theorem, Replacement Models and Systems, Reliability.Replacement of items that deteriorate.

UNIT- V: Queuing Theory: Waiting Line Models, Inventory Management, Job Sequencing,Project Management by PERT and CPM.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Barry, Render, Ralph, M. & Michael, E., Hanna(2011).Quantitative Analysis, PHI,

New Delhi.2. Budnik ,Frank, S., Dennis, Mcleavey & Richard, Mojena (2003). Principles of

{9} {10}

Page 7: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Operations Research. All India Traveller Booksheller, New Delhi,3. Gupta, R. K. (2010).Operation Research. Krishna Prakash Media, Meerut.4. Sharma, J. K.(2009). Operations Research.Theories and Applications. Macmillian

India Ltd., New Delhi.5. Sharma, S. D.(2007). Operation Research. Kedarnath & Co. Meerut.6. Taha, H. A.( 2008). Operation Research.An Introduction. Mc.Millan, New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-203HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: In a complex world of industry and business organizational efficiency islargely dependent on the contribution made by the members of the organization. The objectiveof this course is to sensitize to the various facets of managing people and to create anunderstanding of the various policies and practices of human resource management.UNIT-I: Concepts, Nature ,Scope and significance of HRM, Evolution of HRM, , Human

Resource Management in a Changing Environment.UNIT-II: Human Resource Planning, Factors effecting HRP, Process of Human Resource

Planning, Demand and Supply Forecasting.UNIT- III: Job analysis, Recruitment & Selection, Induction,Transfer, Promotion, Whistle

Blowing, Demotions and separations.UNIT-IV: Training and Development, Performance Appraisal and Potential Appraisal, Job

Evaluation, Wage and salary administration.UNIT-V: Employee Welfare, Grievance Management and Employee

Empowerment,Counselling, Safety and Health, Collective Bargaining.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Ashwathappa, K. (2011). Human Resource Management: Text & Cases. Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.2. Amos, L.T., Ristow, A., Ristow, L & Pearse, J.N. (2008). Human Resource

Management. Juta & Co. Ltd, Cape Town.3. Armstrong, M. (2008). Strategic Human Resource Management: A Guide to Action.

Kogan Page Ltd, London.4. Banfield, P., & Kay, R. (2012). Introduction to Human Resource Management.

Oxford University Press, New York, NY.5. Bhardwaj, Rajul(2012). Human Resource Management. D.P.S, Publishing

House,New Delhi.6. Kumar, R. (2011). Human Resource Management: Text & Cases. I.K International

Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.7. Mathis, L. R., & Jackson, H.J. (2011). Human Resource Management: Essential

Perspective. South.Western Cengage Learning, USA.8. Price, A. (2011). Human Resource Management. South Western Cengage

Learning, USA.9. Martin, J. (2009). Human Resource Management. Sage Publication, California.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-204FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - The

student has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the principlesand practice of Financial Management.UNIT-I: Concepts of Financial Management: Objective & Scope of Financial Management,

Techniques of Financial Management, Time Value of Money.UNIT-II: Capital Budgeting: Evaluation Techniques, Cost of Capital. Cost of Different

Sources of Capital, Weighted Average Cost of Capital.UNIT-III: Leverages & Capital Structure: Operating, Financial & Combined Leverages,

Indifference Point, Capital Structure: Approaches to Capital: Structure, OptimumCapital Structure.

UNIT-IV: Working Capital Management: Determinants, Computation by Current Assets andCurrent Liability Method, Working Capital Financing, Inventory ManagementTechniques.

UNIT-V: CVP analysis and Dividend policy: Cost Volume Profits Analysis, Dividend Polices,Determinants and Models of Dividend Policy.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Brigham E.F. & Ehrhardt C.M. (2008).Financial Management. Cengage Learning,

Mason USA.2. Chandra P.(1997).Financial Management.Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.3. Chandra P.(1997). Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill,

New Delhi.4. Horne V. & James C. (1997).Financial Management and Policy.Prentice Hall Inc.,

New Delhi.5. Khan, J. (2012). Basic Financial Management. Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi.6. Madura J. (2011).International Financial Management.Cengage Learning, Mason USA.7. Pandey I. M. (2004).Financial Management. Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd, New Delhi.8. Richard A B. (1996),.Principles of Corporate Finance.Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.9. Tyagi, C.L. and Tyagi, M.(2003).Financial and Management Accounting. Atlantic

Publication, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-205MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to develop understanding of the underlyingconcepts, strategies and issues involved in the marketing of products.UNIT-I: Nature and scope of marketing, Marketing Environment: Concept; Need for Study;

Major Elements and their Impact on Marketing Decisions, critical role of marketingin organization/Society, Marketing planning and research.

UNIT-II: Understanding Consumer and Industrial Markets: Demand measurement andForecasting,Theories of Consumer Behaviour; Various Buying Roles in Family;Types of Buying Behaviour;Consumer Decision Making Process in Buying segmentation, Bases of SegmentingConsumer Markets; Market Selection Strategies; Targeting and positioningConsumer and Industrial Market.

UNIT-III: Product Decisions: Product mix, Product life cycle, New product development,Branding and Packaging decisions, Pricing methods and strategies, Promotion

{11} {12}

Page 8: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

decisions-Promotion mix, Advertising and Personal selling, Channel management-selection, co.operation and conflict management, Vertical marketing systems,Organizing and implementing marketing in the Organization, Gandula management.

UNIT-IV: Evaluation and Control of Marketing Efforts: Scope, Steps, Designing, Tools andTechniques of marketing controller, The marketing controller concept, Organizing& Implementing marketing programs.

UNIT-V: New Issues in Marketing: Globalization, Consumerism, Green marketing,Legal,Ethical and Social Aspects of Marketing, Consumerism: Consumer ProtectionMeasure in India, Recent Developments in Consumer Protection in India, Ruralmarketing, e.marketing, retailing.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Kotler, Philip (2011).Marketing Management-Analysis, Planning, Implementation

and Control.Prentice Hall of India, N. Delhi.2. Kotler, Philip & Armstrong, Gary(2009). Principles of Marketing. Prentice Hall of

India, N. Delhi.3. Neelamegham, S.(2000).Indian Cases in Marketing. Vikas, N. Delhi.4. Ramaswamy, V.S. & Namakumari(1995).Marketing Management -Planning,

Implementation & Control. Macmillan, New Delhi.5. Singh,V.K (1999).Effective Management Workout . A casestudy Way, Himalayan

Publication,Delhi.6. Stanton William J.(1994). Fundamentals of Marketing. Mc.Graw Hill, New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-206 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: This course is designed to acquaint the students with decision making inplanning, scheduling and control of Production/Operation function and the effectiveacquisition, storage and flow of materials in both manufacturing and service organizationsso as to achieve total productivity.UNIT-I: Managing Operations: Nature and scope of Production and Operations

Management.UNIT-II: Planning (Designing) the Conversion System: Designing of Products, Services &

Processes, Facility Location, Type of Manufacturing Systems and Layout.UNIT-III: Organizing the Conversion System: Job Design, Production and Operation

standards and Work Management, Scheduling System, Aggregate Planning forProduction and Services.

UNIT-IV: Controlling the Conversion Process: Inventory Control, MRP, Purchasing.UNIT-V: Modern Operation Systems: Introduction to modern management system- JIT,

KANBAN, FMS, TQM-Quality, Quality Assurance and Total Quality.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Adam,Ebert, & Ronald .J. (1992). Production and Operation

Management.Concepts, Models & Behaviour, PHI, New Delhi.2. Aswathappa, K., & Bhat,Shridhara.K. (2011). Production and Operations

Management.TMH, Delhi.3. Baff,E.S.( 1993). Modern Production Management. John Willey, New York.4. Charry, S.N.( 2005). Production and Operation Management.Concepts Methods

and Strategy. PHI, New Delhi.5. Chase, B., Richard, Shankar, R., Jacobs, F.R., Aquilano, N.J.(2009).Operations

and Supply Management.TMH, Delhi.6. Garg, Ajay(2011).Production and Operations Management.TMH, Delhi.7. Madan, Pankaj.( 2010).Production and Operation Management. New Delhi.8. Mahadevan, B.(2004). Operations Management; Theory and Practices. Pearson

Education, Delhi.9. Martinich, J.S.(1997). Production and Operations Management. John Wiley and

Sons, New York.10. Pannesseluam, R.(2009). Production and Operations Management. PHT, Delhi.11. William. J. S. (2009), Operation Management. TMH, New Delhi.

MBA-207RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to develop the research skills of the students ininvestigating the business problems with a view to arrive at objective findings, interpretationof data and conclusions of their investigation in the form of systematic reports.UNIT-I: Research in Management: Definitions, Meaning, Scope and Objectives of

Research, Different Approaches to Research - Scientific Methods and Nonscientific Methods, Types of Business Research, The Research Process, Ethicsin Business Research.

UNIT-II: Formulation and Definition of Business Research Problem; Formulation ofResearch Hypotheses, Business Research Design - Meaning and Formulation;Research Design Classification - Exploratory Research Design (SecondaryData & Qualitative Research), Descriptive Research Design (Survey &Observation) and Causal Research Design (Experimentation).

UNIT-III: The Sampling Design Process: Types of Sample Design - Probability and Non-probability Sampling Designs, Size of Sample, Sampling Errors, Concept ofMeasurement and Scaling: Important Scaling Techniques; Reliability and Validityof Measurement.

UNIT-IV: Questionnaires and Observation Forms; Questionnaire Design Process; CollectingPrimary Data through Observations, Semi.structured Interviews, In.depthInterviews and Questionnaire, Processing of Research Data Editing, Coding,Classification and Tabulation.

UNIT-V: Basic Data Analysis - Descriptive Statistics; Univariate Statistics - HypothesesTesting; Bivariate Analysis - Test of Differences and Measures of Association,Multivariate Analysis, Importance of the Report & Presentation, Business ReportFormat, Report Writing, Oral Presentation, Research Follow.up.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Beri,G.C.(2008). Marketing Research. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.2. David, J. L., Ronald, S., Rubin.(1994). Marketing Research. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd,

New Delhi.3. Donald R.C. & Pamela, Schindler(2010). Business Research Methods. McGraw

Hill, New Delhi.4. Kothari C.R.(2009).Research Methodology. Vishwa Prakashan, New.Delhi5. Madan P., Paliwal V., Bhardwaj. R.(2010). Research Methodology.Global Vision

Publishing House, New Delhi.6. Malhotra, N.K.(2008).Marketing Research - An Applied Orientation.Pearson

Education, New Delhi7. Panneerselvam, R .(2004).Research Methodology. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.8. Saunders, Lewis & Thornhill (2003).Research Methods for Business Students.

{13} {14}

Page 9: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Pearson Education, New Delhi.9. Tripathi P.C.(2002). Research Methodology.Sultan Chand & Co.,New.Delhi.10. Wilkinson & Bhandarkar (2003).Methodology & Techniques of Social Research.

Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-208BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The primary objective of this course is to acquaint the students withemerging global trends in bus iness environment.UNIT-I: Economic Systems: Globalization of Indian Economy, Aspects of Human

Development, Introduction to International Business, Modes of InternationalBusiness, Absolute advantage, Comparative advantage, theory of Country size.

UNIT-II: The Business Envir onment: The Economic and Political Envir onment, TheHuman and Cultural Environment ,Trade and Investment-Governmental Influenceon Trade and Investment, Determination of Trading Partner's Independence,Interdependence and Dependence, Country Evaluation and Selection,Scanning for Alternatives, Country Comparison Considerations, Tools forComparing Countries, Diversificationvs. Concentration Strategies, InvestmentProposal Evaluation.

UNIT-III: Marketing: Market size analysis , Product Policy, Pricing Promotion and Distribution, Finance: Internal Sources of Funds, Global Cash Management,Financing International Trade, R isk Management and Financial Aspects of theInvestment Decisions, Multinational Accounting and Tax Functions : FactorsInfluencing the Development of Accounting, Transactions in Foreign Currency,Translating of Foreign Currency, Financial Statements, Taxation of Foreign. sourceincome, Double.Tax Treaties.

UNIT-IV: Human Resource Management: Management Qualif ications and Characteristics,International Managerial Transfers, Management Recruitment and Selection,International Development of Managers, Training, Market Differences.Production: Production and Export Strategies, Forms of Fore ign Involvement.

UNIT-V: Regional Blocks : Cross - National Cooperation and Agreement, GATT and UNCTAD,Trading Blocks - EC, NAFTA, East Asia, Special Trading Arrangements of TradingBlocks with Developing Countries, Monetary Block, International BusinessDiplomacy: Negotiating an International Business, Issues in Asset Protection,Multilateral Settlements, Consortium Approaches, External Relations Approach.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Alworth & Julian, S.(1988). The Finance, Investment & Taxation Decisions of

Multinationals. Basil & Blackwell. London.2. Bhalla ,V.K.(1990). World Economy in 90's ; A Portfolio Approach.:Anmol

Publications.,New Delhi.3. Daniel, J.D. & Radebangh. (2001).International Bus iness..A.Wesley, NY,USA4. Eiteman, D.K .,& Stonchill, A.I.(1992).Multinational Business Finance.A.Wesley, NY,USA5. Kreinin ,Mordechel, E.H.(1979). International Economics, Brace, USA.6. Rugman, A. M.(1979). Internationa l Diversif ication & the Multinational. Lexington

Books, Tor onto.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will be

announced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-301SUMMER PROJECT

MBA-302PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to he lp the students to acquire practicalunderstanding and deve lop skills for project preparation and implementation.UNIT-I: Introduction: Definitions, Classification, Project risk, Scope, Concepts and

Characteristics of Project, Importance of Project Management, Projectmanagement : definitions, overview, Project plan, management principles appliedto project management, Tools and techniques of project management, Projectmanagement lifecycles and uncertainty.Project Planning:Project and StrategicPlanning, Scope, Problem Statement, Project Goals, Success criteria, RiskManagement, Approval Process, Social Cost Benefit Analysis, Feasibility Study.

UNIT-II: Project Organization: Various Forms of Project Organizations, ProjectOrganization Charting, Organization Human Resources, The Project Manager,The Project Team, Project Team Pitfalls, Project Contract Management, Types ofContracts, Fixing the Zero Data.

UNIT-III: Project Financing:Project Cost Estimation, Sources of Finance, Multiple Projectand Constraints.

UNIT-IV: Project Implementation and Monitoring:Project Resource Requirements, Type ofResources, Men, Materials, Finance, Multi project Resources scheduling, Splittingand Multitasking, Resources Allocation method, Project Monitoring and control,Project network Technique.(PERT and CPM), Planning for Monitoring andevaluation, Project Management Information System, Project Scheduling. TimeConstrained and Resource Constrained Scheduling, Project Communication,Project Audits, Post Project Reviews.

UNIT-V: Project Direction and Control:Project Direction, Types of Project Termination,Project in Trouble, Termination Strategies, Evaluation of Termination Possibilities,Termination Procedures, Features of Future Indian Projects.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Beenet, P. L.& Kathyn.( 1995). Project management.for 21st century. Pearson

education, New Delhi.2. David, I. Cleland. ( 1999). Project management. McGraw Hill International Edition, USA3. Dennis lock .(2001). The essentials of project management.Grower, USA.4. Gray,C., & Larson,E .(2010).Project Management.Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.5. Gopalakrishnan,P.(1993). Project management. New Delhi,India:McMillian India

Ltd, New Delhi.6. Harry,Naylor. (1987). Project Management.Pearson Publication, New Delhi.7. Prasanna, C. (2008). Project Management.Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will beannounced in the class.

MBA-303DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEM AND MANAGEMENT INFORMA TION SYSTEM

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of the course to develop the bas ic understanding of the

{15} {16}

Page 10: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

decis ion support system and management infor mation system for business organization.UNIT-I: Importance of MIS, Concept of Management Infor mation Systems, Definition of

MIS, Nature and Scope of MIS, Structure and Classif ication of MIS.UNIT-II: System Development Stages, System Development Approaches - Lifecycle,

Waterfall and Prototype Approach, Definition of System, Kinds of Systems.UNIT-III: Concept of Decision. Making, Simon's Model of Decision. Making, Decis ion

Support system, Relevance and Scope of DSS, Characteristics and Capabilitiesof DSS, Components of DSS.

UNIT-IV: Conceptual Model of a DSS, Database Management System (DBMS), Modelbase Management System (MBMS) and Dialogue Generation Management System(DGMS).

UNIT-V: Group Decision Support System ( GDSS), Components of GDSS, DSSGenerators, DSS Tools, Compar ison between MIS and DSS.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Goyal,D.P.( 2006). Management Information Systems - Managerial Perspectives

( 2nd Ed.) Macmillan India Ltd, New Delhi.2. Janakiraman,V.S., & Sarukesi,K.(1999).Decision Support Systems . Prentice

Hall of India Pvt, Ltd..New Delhi.3. Leod, Raymond ,& Me. JR.( 1993). Management Information Systems. Macmillan

Publis hing Company. NewYork.4. Murthy, C.S.V. (2001). Management Information Systems - Text & Applications.

Himalaya Publishing House.New Delhi.5. Marakas(2003). Decision Support Systems . Pearson Education., New Delhi.6. Tur ban, Efrain. (1988). Decision Support & Export Systems.Management

Perspective. New York,USA:Macmillan Publis hing Company. Mumbai.7. Theierauff, Robert ,J.(1982). Decision Support System for effective

planning.Prentice Hall, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of Cases and specific references including recent articles will beannounced in the class.

MBA-304CORPORATE STRATEGIES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The Objectives of this course is to develop a holistic perspective of enterprise,critical from the point of view of the top executives.UNIT- I: The nature of corporate strategy, Value of corporate strategy, Levels of strategy,

Process of Strategic Management, Strategic Management in different contexts,Role of different strategists.

UNIT- II: Defining the Company Mission, Corporate Philosophy, Corporate Governanceand Strategy, Strategy and Ethics.

UNIT- III: The External Environment analysis, Industry Analysis, organizational analysisduring industry evolution, Globalization and Industry structure.

UNIT- IV: Formulating corporate strategies, Business level Strategies, functional Strategies,Strategic choice, Strategy in the Global Environment.

UNIT- V: Implementing strategy, Designing organizational. structure, Designing strategiccontrol systems, strategic ledership, Mattering Structure and control to strategy,Implementing Strategic change, Technology Strategy.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Charles W.L.H., & Gareth, R.J. (2012). Strategic Management Theory-An Integrated

Approach. USA: South Western Cengage Publishing,USA.

2. David,F.R.(2012).Strategic Management A Competitive Advantage ApproachConcepts. Prentice Hall,New Delhi.

3. Jayarathnam, M.(2007).Business Policy and Strategic Management.Mumbai,India:Himalaya Publishing House,New Delhi.

4. Gerry, J., & Kevan, S. (2009).Exploring Corporate Strategy. Prentice Hall ofIndia,New Delhi.

5. Singh.S.P.(2004).Corporate Strategy.AITBS.New Delhi.6. Srinivasan.(2007).Strategic Management: the Indian Context. New Delhi,India:

Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA-305SALES MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this paper is to acquaint the students with the concepts,which are helpful in developing sound sales, distributions policy and in organizing, managingsales forces and marketing channels.UNIT-I: Sales Executive as a Coordinator, Sales Management & Control, Sales Control-

Formal & Informal, Theories of Selling- AIDA, Behavioral Equation, Prospecting,Sales Resistance, Closing Sales, Selling Personal Objectives- Types of PersonalSetting Objectives, Analysing Marketing Potential, Sales Potential, SalesForecasting & Its Method.

UNIT-II: Formulating Personal Selling Strategy- Competitive Selling & Personal SellingStrategy, Personal Selling: Objectives & Personal Selling Strategy, Determiningthe Kind of Sales Personnel, Determining the Size of Sales Force, IndividualizingSelling Strategies to Customers.

UNIT-III: Recruitment Selection & training of Sales Personnel - Organization for Recruiting,Selecting and Training, Sources of Sales Force Recruits, The recruiting effort- PreInterview Screening: Formal Application Form, The Interview, References, CreditChecks, Psychological Tests, Physical Examination, Building Sales Training Programs,Defining Training Aims, Deciding Training Contents, Selecting Training Methods.

UNIT-IV: Compensation Sales Personnel - Requirements of a Good Sales CompensationPlan, Devising a Sales Compensation Plan, Types of Compensation Plan, FringeBenefits, Incentives, Subsidies.

UNIT-V: Controlling Sales Personnel - Standards of Performance, Relation of Performance,Standard to Personal Selling Objectives, Recording Actual Performance, EvaluatingActual Performance with Standards, Taking Action - The Dynamic Phase ofControl, Controlling Sales Personnel through Supervision.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Allard.(1991).How to improve your Sales Performance, UBSPD,New Delhi.2. Charles F.(2000). Selling, AITBS, New Delhi.3. Cundiff & Govani,(2011). Sales Management. Decisions, Strategies & Cases,

Still, PHI, New Delhi.4. P. Allen,(1998).Sales & Sales Mgt., MacDonald & Evans Ltd., London.5. Ramachandran (2010).Field Sales Management, Allied Publication,N Delhi.6. Thomas R. Wotmba,(1997). Sales Management, Holt Rinehart & Winston, New York.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will beannounced in the class.

{17} {18}

Page 11: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

MBA-306ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this paper is to acquaint the students with the concepts,techniques and give experience in the application of concepts for developing an effectiveadvertising programme.UNIT- I: Introduction: Concept, Purpose, Functions, Benefits, Needs of Advertising, Ethics

in Advertising, Attributes, Personal Selling, Sales Promotion, Publicity,Propagandas, emerging concepts & issues.

UNIT- II: Advertising Process: Consumer Psychology, Angle of Communication,Effectiveness of Advertising, Buyer Behaviour, Speed of Response, Perceptionof Audience, Strategy Planning & Organisation.Contribution, Objectives, Strategy,Planning, Levels of Decision Making, Advertising Situation, Organisation ofAdvertising.

UNIT- III: Creative Strategy Execution & Judgment: Purchase Proposition, CreativeExecution. Visualization, Ad theme, Ad Copy Writing, Copy Research, Candidnessand Creativity, Types of Ad Copy, Headlines, Slogans, Copy, Illustrations, Layout& Functions of Layout.

UNIT- IV: Media Decision: Role of Media, Types of Media, e-Media, Media Related Decisions,Media Selection, Media Planing, Media Strategy, Media Mix, Media Scheduling,Media Cost, Advertising & Media Research Decisions.

UNIT- V: Promotion media & methods: Evaluation of Advertising Effectiveness (What, When& How to Test), Advertising Objectives and Plans, Area of Assessment, Pre.Placement Evaluation and Post. Testing, Interpretation of Research Funding, PACT,Principles of Advertising, Govt. Regulations, Code of Conduct of ASCI, Consumer& Self Regulations, Future of Adverting in India.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Banerjee, S.(1998). Advertising as a Career, Response,New Delhi.2. Batra, A.(2011). Advertising Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.3. Eod & Newman,(1996). Advertising Management, Taxporawala ,Bombay.4. Frybuyger & Rotzoll. (1996). Advertising Theory & Practice, Sandage, ,Richard

D.Irwin Inc.,Homewood,Illonois.5. Ogilvy, D.(1985). Ogilvy on advertising, Pan Books Ltd.,London.6. S.A.Chunawala and K.C. Sethia, (2000). Advertising Theory & Practices, HPH,New

Delhi.7. Sengupta. S(1990). Brand Positining. Stratigies for Competitive advantages,

TMH,New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA-307MARKETING OF SERVICES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT - Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following sylla-bus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The main objective of the course is to help students to learn the variousconcepts, motivational techniques and polices of marketing of services.UNIT- I: Marketing of services: Concept & Issues, Conceptual Framework.Reasons,

Characteristics, Type & Marketing Implication, Significance of Service Marketing,MIS in Service Marketing, Service Classification, Services Encounters andConsumer Satisfaction, Trends in Services Marketing

UNIT- II: Designing Services Strategy: Service Mission and Market Segmentation, Elementsof Service, Marketing Mix, Designing, Service Market Plan, Service Design,Branding of Services; Distributing Services - Context and Options; PhysicalEvidence of a Service.

UNIT- III: Marketing of Financial Services: Marketing of Banking Services, Classificationof Customers, Insurance Marketing, Event Management

UNIT- IV: Marketing of Health Services: Health Services in India, Hospital Marketing, ITES,Implementing Service Marketing: Service Quality Measurement and Improvementof Service Quality; Consumer Complaint Behavior; Consumer Response toEffective Service Recovery: Principles of Service Recovery, CRM in Services

UNIT- V: Marketing of Selected Services: Professional Service Marketing, Marketing ofPublic Utilities. Marketing of Educational Service, Formulation of Marketing Mix inHotel Industry. Hotel Level Services & Tourism Services, Pricing Decisions,Production, Consultancy Marketing: Marketing Segmentation in ConsultancyMarketing, Contemporary Issues in Services Marketing

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. A. Payne,( 1995.). The Essence of Services Marketing, PHI, New Delhi.2. Cowell ,D.W. (1994)The Marketing of Services,Heinemann, London.3. Helen Woodroff(1995). Service Marketing.Macmillan,New Delhi.4. Harsh Verma(2012). Marketing of Services. PHI, New Delhi.5. S.C. Sahoo,(1994).Services Marketing Text & Reading, Himalaya Publishing, Mumbai.6. S.M. Jha (1994).Services Marketing.Himalaya Publishing, Mumbai.7. Wagen(2005). Event Management,Pearson Education,New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA-308MANAGEMENT OF FINANCIAL SERVICES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30Note: Ten questions are to be set taking two questions from each UNIT- The student has toattempt FIVE questions taking one question from each UNIT- The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following syllabus should be strictly followedwhile setting the question paper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to apprise the students with the concepts andpractices of Merchant Banking and Financial Services.UNIT- I: Origin, meaning, need, functions and growth of merchant banking institutions in

India, steps involved in the establishment of merchant banking outfit, Nature andscope of financial services, management of risk in financial services.

UNIT- II: Merchant Banking Activities, Project counseling, appraisal and financing.UNIT- III: Non Banking Finance companies (NBFCs), Meaning, Types and services rendered

by NBFCs, Debt Securitization, Leasing and Hire purchase.UNIT- IV: Factoring, forfeiting and Bill discounting, Housing Finance and credit rating,

Types of credit and credit regulations.UNIT- V: Banking and Insurance, Credit cards, Venture Capital, Forex markets regulation

and control.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Batra, G. S., & Bhatia B.S. (2008), Management of Financial Services.Deep &

Deep Publication (pvt.) Ltd, New.Delhi.2. Croft, L. (2009), Management & Organization in Financial Services, Ane Book

India,New Delhi.3. Gurusamy, S. (2009), Financial Services, (N.D) Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.

{19} {20}

Page 12: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

4. Mcgrill, Ross, (2008).Technology Management in Financial Services.PalgraveMacmillan, New York.

5. Suresh, P. & Paul, J. (2010), Management of Banking and Financial Services,Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd,New Delhi.

6. Sharma, M. (2008), Management of Financial Institution With Emphasis on Bank& Risk Management. Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.

7. Rose, P.S. & Hudgins, S.C. (2005), Bank Management and Financial Services.TataMcGraw Hill, New Delhi.

8. Tripathy, N P (2004), Financial Instruments and Services. Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.

NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic reference and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-309CORPORATE TAX PLANNING & MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to apprise the students with the conceptsand practices of corporate tax planning & management.UNIT-I: Basic concepts of Income tax act and New Direct Tax Code 2009, Relief, Tax

avoidance and Tax evasion, Significance and Problem of tax planning, Recognizedmethods of Tax Planning.

UNIT-II: Residential Status and its implications for Tax Planning, Assessment Proceduresunder Salaries.

UNIT-III: House Property, Profits and Gains of Business or Profession, Capital Gains andincome from other Sources. E-filing: Compulsory filing of return based on economiccriterion, Forms of return, Procedure of e-filing.

UNTI.IV: Corporate Tax Planning, Tax Planning for new business, Choice of nature andtypes of business location, Tax Planning for financial structure, amalgamationand restructuring, Implication of avoidance of Double Taxation Agreement.

UNIT-V: Wealth tax - Ascertainment of Aggregate value of assets, Valuation of assets ofvarious kinds, Assessment of liabilities and wealth tax.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Ahuja, G., & Gupta, R., (2013). Simplified Approach to Corporate Tax Planning

and Management. Bharat Book Depot,New Delhi.2. Aggarwal, K. K.(2007).Corporate Tax Planning.Atlantic Publishers &

Distributors,New Delhi.3. Lakhotia, R.N., & Lakhotia, S., (2012). How to Save Income Tax through Tax

Planning,.Vision Books India Ltd,New Delhi.4. Rajaratnam, S., & Venkataramaiah, B.V., (2012). Tax Planning: Issues, Ideas,

Innovations.Bharat Book Publishing House,New Delhi.5. Singhania, M., (2012). Corporate Tax and Dividend Policy. Jain Book Depot,New Delhi6. Singhania, V., & Singhania, M., (2009). Corporate Tax Planning and Business

Tax Procedures.Taxmanns Publications,New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-310INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL ENGINEERING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - The

student has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to apprise the students with the conceptsand practices of Investment Management.UNIT- I: Introduction - Securities Market, Mobilization of Savings, Objectives of Investors,

Investment Avenues, Investment Media, Features of an Investment Programme.UNIT- II: Development of Financial System in India, Structure of Financial Markets, Financial

Institutions, New Developments in the Financial System.UNIT- III: Government Securities. Types, Life Insurance, Kinds of Policies, Procedure for

taking a policy, Investment in Units, Different Unit Schemes, Tax Benefits, ProvidentFunds, National Saving Schemes-Post Office Savings and other AlternativeForms of Investment.

UNIT- IV: Stock Markets in India, Role of New Issues Market, Mechanics of Security Tradingin Stock Exchanges, Kinds of Trading Activity, Listing of Securities, Legal Controlof Stock Exchange in India.

UNIT- V: Derivatives and Latest trading practices, Forward contracts, future contracts,options and other derivatives, future market and use of futures for hedging,interest rate futures, SWAPS, Black Scholes Analysis.

SUGGESTED READINGS.1. Avadhani, V.A.(1992).Investment & Securities Market in India: Investment

Management.Himalayan Publication; New Delhi,2. Beder, S. T, & Marshall, M.C. (2011),.Financial Engineering: The Evolution of

Profession.John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey.3. Bhalla, V.K. (2008).Investment Management.S. Chand Publication,New Delhi.4. Kaptan, S.S. (2001).Investment Management.Sarup & Sons, New Delhi.5. Litterman, B. (2004),.Modern Investment Management: A Equilibrium Approach.

John Wiley & Sons,New Jersey.6. Maheshwari, Y. (2008).Investment Management. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.7. Neftci, N. S. (2008).Principles of Financial Engineering.Academic Press, United States.8. Ruppert, D. (2011).Statistic & Data Analysis for financial Engineering. Springer; NewYork.9. Vishwanathan, R. & Krishnamurthy, C. (2009).Investment Management: A Modern

Guide to Security Analysis and Stock Selection. Springer,New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-311INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to acquaint the students with the conceptsand practices of Industrial Relations.UNIT- I: Industrial Relations, Meaning, Objectives, Scope, Conditions for Good Industrial

Relations, Causes of Poor Industrial Relations, Effects of Poor IR, Suggestionsto Improve Industrial Relations, IR in India, IR in Public Sector. Evolution of IndustrialSystem, Essentials of Modern Industrial System, Impact of Industrial System.

UNIT- II: Industrial Dispute: Forms of Dispute, Causes of Disputes, Methods of Preventionand settlement of Industrial Disputes.

UNIT- III: Trade Unionism, Nature, Objectives and Functions, Growth and Development ofthe Trade Union Movement in India, Problems of Trade Unions, Rights of theRecognized Trade Unions, Essentials for Success of a Trade Union.

{21} {22}

Page 13: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

UNIT- IV: Collective Bargaining, Structure of Collective Bargaining, Benefits of CollectiveBargaining, Conditions for Successful Collective Bargaining, Collective Bargainingin India,Worker's participation in Management.

UNIT- V: Absenteeism, Labour Turnover, Grievance Management.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Dwivedi, R.S. (2002). Industrial Relations in Indian Enterprises.Galgotia Publishing

Company,New Delhi.2. Lal Das, D.K. (2003). Industrial Relations in India.S. Chand & Co,New Delhi.3. Monappa, A. (1990). Industrial Relations. McGraw.Hill,New Delhi.4. Mammoria, C.B., & Mammoria, S. (1997). Dynamics of I.R. in India, New.Himalaya

Publishing Co. Ltd,New Delhi.5. Sinha, P.R.N., Sinha, I.B., & Shekhar, S.M. (2009). Industrial Relations, Trade

Unions, and Labour Legislation, New Delhi: Pearson Education.6. Sen, R. (2003). Industrial Relations in India: Shifting Paradigms, Macmillan

Publishers Inida.7. Sarma, A.M. (2005). Industrial Relations: Conceptual and Legal Framework,

Himalaya Publishing House,Delhi.8. Tripathi, P.C. (2010). Personnel Management and Industrial Relations, 20th Ed.Jain

Book Depot,New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-312HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The main objective of the course is to help students to learn the variousissues, trends and training and development in human resources.UNIT- I: HRD:. Concept, Need, Trends and Functions of HRD, HRD Mechanism, Processes

and outcomes, HRD issues, HRD Practices, HRD Strategies used in Indianorganization, HRD instruments and sub.system.

UNIT- II: Line Managers and HRD. Task Analysis, Motivational aspects of HRD,Developmental supervision.

UNIT- III: HRD culture and climate, Organisational Culture:. Components, Determinants &Maintenance of OC.

UNIT-IV: Training and Development: Need & objectives, Identification of training Needs,Training methods, Management Development methods, Evaluation of Trainingand Development

UNIT-V: Human Resource Information System: Concept, Importance, ComputerApplications in HRM, Research in HRM, Human Resource Audit.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Hatcher, T. (2002). Ethics and HRD: A New Approach to Leading Responsible

Organizations. Basic Books,USA.2. Mcgoldrick, J., Stewart, J. & Watson, S. (2012).Understanding Human Resource

Development: A Research. based Approach. Rout ledge Tylor & Francis Group,New York.

3. Pareek, U. & Purohit (2009), Training Instruments in HRD & OD. Tata McGraw Hill,New Delhi.

4. Gupta, S. & .Gupta, S. (2008), Human Resource Development.Concepts andPractices. Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.ltd, New Delhi.

5. Rao, T.V. (2008), Readings in Human Resource Development. Oxford & IBH

Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.New Delhi.6. Singh, S. K. (2008), Human Resource Development, New Delhi, ND: Atlantic

Publishers & Distributions (P) Ltd, New Delhi.7. Sahu, B. P. (2004), Human Resource Development For Industrial Workers. Mittal

Publications, New Delhi.8. Werner, J. M. & DeSimone, R. L., (2011), Human Resource Development (6 ED)

Mason OH, South Western, USA.9. Wilson, J. P. (ED.), (2005), Human Resource Development: Learning and Training

for Individuals & Organizations 2e .Kogan Page Limited, London.NOTE: The list of cases, specific reference and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-313LABOUR LA WS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this paper is to acquaint the student with various labour laws.UNIT- I: Introduction. Guiding Principles of Labour Laws, A brief over view of Fundamental

Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy, Principles of Natural Justice.UNIT- II: Factory and wage law: Factories Act: 1948, Payment of Wages Act 1936,

Payment of Bonus Act. 1936. Payment of Gratuity Act 1972. Apprentices Act1961, Minimum Wages Act, Equal Remuneration Act.

UNIT- III: Trade union and industrial disputes laws. Trade Unions Act 1926. IndustrialDispute Act 1947, Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1947 and Arbitration Act.

UNIT- IV: Welfare laws. Workmen's Compensation Act 1923, Employment State InsuranceAct 1952, Maternity Benefit Act 1961.

UNIT- V: Labour policy and laws. Labour Policy of Government of India, ILO and IndianLabour, Case Law.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Cihon, P. J., & Castagnera, J. O. (2011). Employement and Labour Law.

South.Western Conage Learning,U.S.A.2. Servais,J. M. (2011). International Labour Law. Kluwer law International. Netherland3. Blanpain, R., & Baker, J. (2010). Comparative labour law & Industrial relation in

Industialised Market. Kluwer law International. Netherland.4. Hepple, B. (2005). Labour Law & Global Trade. Hart Publishing Company,Portland.5. Davis, AC.L (2004).Perspective on labour Law. Cambridge Press, U.K.6. Blanpain, R.(2001).Labour law Human Rights & social Justice. Kluwer law

International,Netherland.NOTE: The list of cases, specific reference and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-314INFORMATION SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: This course is for the students of MBA program, who are specializing inInformation Technology. It aims at acquainting these students with tools techniques ofplanning, analyzing, designing, implementing and maintaining Information system.

{23} {24}

Page 14: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

UNIT- I: Types of Information, Need for a Computer.based Information System, ManagementStructure, Management and Information Requirements, Qualities of Information.

UNIT- II: Overview of Design of an information System, The Role and Tasks of a SystemAnalyst, Attributes of a System Analyst, Tools used by System Analyst,Approaches to System Development (JAD & RAD).

UNIT- III: Information Sources, Interview Techniques, Questionnaires, Other Methods,System Requirement Specification, Data Requirements, Modularizing RequirementSpecifications, Cost-benefit Analysis, Payback Period, Feasibility Report.

UNIT- IV: Symbols used in Data Flow Diagrams (DFDs), Describing a System with a DFD,Conventions in Developing DFDs, Levelling of DFDs, Logical and Physical DFDs,Process Specification Methods, Structured English.

UNIT- IV: Control in Information Systems, Audit of Information Systems, Testing of InformationSystems, Security of Information Systems.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Arthur, M.L. (2008).Analysis and Design of Information Systems (3rd

Ed.).Springer.Verlag London Ltd, London.2. Dixit, J. B.,& Kumar, R.(2007).Structured System analysis and Design. Laxmi

Publications (P) Ltd, New Delhi.3. Rajaraman, V. (1991). Analysis and Design of Information System. PHI, New Delhi.4. Shelly, G. B., Rosenblatt, & Harry J. (2012). System Analysis and Design (9th

Ed.). Cengage Learning,New Delhi.5. Whitten, J. L., Bentley, L. D.,& Dittman ,K. C. (2004). Systems Analysis and

design Methods.Tata McGraw Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will be

announced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-315TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To develop an integrated approach to technology management throughlife cycle of technology.UNIT- I: Process and perspectives of technology management, scanning, acquisition,

assimilation, absorption, business strategy and technology strategy adaptation,critical factors in managing technology, improvement and planning.

UNIT- II: Technology life cycle and forecasting, technology transfer,technologydevelopment: Management of R&D, product design and development,commercialisation of R&D, R&D manufacturing. marketing interface, R&D projectmanagement.

UNIT- III: Technology development and competitiveness, technology and business strategy.UNIT- IV: Technology innovation and creative transformation in the knowledge age; critical

trajectories, Technology entrepreneurship, assessing the need, market dynamics.UNIT- V: IPR, technology and role of government; International protocols. treaties,

standards; International comparisons of technology management.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Khalil, T.( 2009).Management of Technology: The Key to Competitiveness and

Wealth Creation. International Edition. Tata McGraw.Hill, New Delhi.2. Langlois, S. L. (2008) .Technocrime: Technology,Crime and Social Control. Willan

Publishing.3. Sherif, H. and Khalil, T.(2007).New Direction in Technology Management.Elsevier

Publisher4. Thamhain, H. J., (2005).Management of Technology: Managing Effectively in

Technology Intensive Organisations. 2nd Ed.John Wiley and Sons, New Delhi.5. Megantz, R.C.(2002)Technology Management: Developing and Implementing

Effective Licensing Programs", John Wiley and Sons, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-316E-COMMERCE AND E GOVERNANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The key to competing in the digital economy is business model innovationthat exploits the power of business webs. Information Technology (IT) is becoming themain driving force in every sector of the Indian economy. To manage public affairs for thebenefit of the citizens, the Governments at the National, State and local levels, areincreasingly adopting e-Government technologies in public service delivery.UNIT- I: Electronic Commerce. Technology and prospects, Introduction, Economic

Potential, Incentive and Mechanics of E-commerce, Internet Commercearchitecture.

UNIT- II: Internet based E-commerce: Issues problems and prospects, E-commerce andInternet, benefits of Internet for E-commerce, Impediments & issues, Developmentof Technology of EDI, Internet & the www.

UNIT- III: Overview of e-Government and e-Governance, National Egovernance Plan(NeGP), e-Governance Project Management Practices, Models of e-GovernanceProjects.

UNIT- IV: Payment Systems & Security : Role of Payment, Real world Payment Systems,Smart Cards, Online Credit Card Payment, Electronic Cheques and Funds,Transfer Security Design, EDI Security Concept, Security Mechanisms, InternetSecurity, Achieving Application Security, Authentication.

UNIT- V: E-Commerce : Issues & Opportunities in Implementation and Role of Government .Commercial Issues, Infrastructure Issues, Social and cultural issues, Role of Govt.and Policy Recommendations, Overview of TCP/IP Protocol, Information TechnologyAct 2000 and Emerging trends in E-Commerce.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bagga, R.K. & Gupta P. (2009.) Transforming Government: e.Governance

Initiatives in India, ICFAI Press, Hyderabad.2. Diwan, Parag & Sharma, Sushil (2005). E -commerce. A Manger's Guide to

E.Business, Excel Books, Delhi.3. Forouzan, B. A.(2007) .Cryptography And Network Security.Tata McGraw

Hill,New Delhi.4. Gupta, M.P., Kumar P., & Bhattacharya, J.(20040Government Online, 2004, Tata

McGraw.Hill,New Delhi.5. Kalakota,R. & Maricia.(1996). Frontiers in e.commerce.Addison Wesley, NY,USA.6. Kalakota,R. & Robinson,M.(1999).E.Business. Road Map for Success .Addison

Wesley, NY,USA7. Kalakota& Robinson (2004) .E.Business 2.0:Road Map for Success, Pearson

Education, New Delhi8. Richard, H.(2006) . Implementing and Managing e.Government. Sage Publication,

New Delhi.9. Winfield G., Treese,&Lawrance C. S. (1998).Designing Systems for Internet

Commerce. Addison Wesley,USANOTE: The list of cases, specific reference and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

{25} {26}

Page 15: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

MBA-317LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To make students aware of logistics and supply chain management and itscurrent issues.UNIT- I: Introduction to Logistics and Supply Chain: Evolution, Nature and concepts,

function and contribution, Supply Chain Models, Integration with other functionalareas of management.

UNIT- II: Demand Forecasting, Inventory Management, Functions of Warehousing andDistribution centers.

UNIT- III: Value Chain and Value delivery system,Transportation, docking strategy,protective packaging, order processing.

UNIT- IV: Material handling, purchasing and sourcing.UNIT- V: Contemporary Issues in SCM:Measuring performance in supply chain, Role of IT

in SCM, Green SCM; Reverse Logistics.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Agrawal, D.K., (2003).Textbook of Logistics and Supply Chain Management.

Macmillan, New Delhi.2. Chopra Sunil & Meindell. P. (2010). Supply Chain Management. Pearson Pub., New Delhi.3. Chrisopher, M & Richard Irwin.(2005).Logistics and Supply Chain Management.

PHI, New Delhi.4. Gattorna, J.(1994). The gower handbook of logicstics and distribution

management. Gower press, USA.5. Gattorna, J. & Walter, D.(1996). Supply Chain Management;Managing TheSupply

Chain.Macmillan, New Delhi.6. Harmon. R,.(1993).Reinventing the Warehouse;World Class Distribution Logistics.

Free press, USA.7. Lambert, R and stock.R .().Strategic Physical Distribution Management. Irwin, USA.8. Pankaj, Madan & Neeraj, Anand (2012). Supply Chain Management. Global

academic publisher, New Delhi.9. Thomas .F.(1992).Customer Driven Strategies.Oliver wight publication, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic reference and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-318TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to acquaint the students with basics ofTotal Quality (TQ) from design assurance to service assurance, to give emphasis onInternationa l Quality Certif ication Systems - ISO 9000 and other standards and theirapplicability in design manufactur ing qua lity control and services, to closely inter linkmanagement of quality, re liability and maintainability f or total product assurance and tofocus on quality of services in contemporary environment.UNIT- I: Total Quality and Organizational change, Basic Concept of Total Quality (TQ),

Evolution of Total Quality Management, Components of TQM.

UNIT- II: How to implement TQM, pitfalls in operating TQM, Reengineering to change,Employee Involvement, Teams and Groups

UNIT- III: Statistical Process control and Improvement, Statistical quality control,manufacturing to specification versus manufacturing to reduce variations.

UNIT- IV: Total Productive Maintenance (TPM), Quality Audits, Lead Assessment and ISO-9000 Standards, Six Sigma.

UNIT- V: Total Quality of Services, Total Quality and ERP, TQM and World ClassManufacturing.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bank, J.(1992). The Essence of Total Quality Management. Prentice Hall, New Delhi.2. Carruba, Eugene. R & Gorden, Ronald, D.( 1991).Product Assurance Principles.

Integrating Design Assurance & Quality Assurance. McGraw Hill,New York.3. Dale, B. G.ed.(1999). Managing Quality.PHI, New Delhi.4. Feigenbaum, A.V. (1991). Total Quality Control, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.5. Grant, Eu.gene, L. & Leavenworth, Richards(1991). Statistical Quality Control.

McGraw Hill, New York.6. Ireson, W.G. & Coombas, C.P.( 1988) .Hand book of Reliability Engineering &

Management. McGraw Hill, New York.7. Juran, J.M.ed.(1988). Quality Control Handbook. McGraw Hill, New York.8. Lochner, Robert. H.,Matar, Joseph, E.( 1990). Designing for Quality. Chapman &

Hill, London.9. Madan, P. (2006).Total Quality Management. Krishna Prakashan.Delhi.10. Pike, John & Barnes, Richard.( 1994). TQM in Action. Chapman & Hill,London.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic reference and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-319WORLD CLASS MANUF ACTURING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To make students aware of manufacturing practices and current worldclass manufacturing trends.UNIT- I: Manufacturing's role in corporate strategy, New emerging paradigm in

manufacturing, manufacturing flexibility, value creation, dependability, quality;costand innovation;analysis and enhancement of the manufacturing advantage.

UNIT- II: Gaining Competitive Edge through WCM: Meaning of WCM and its models,Philosophy and Practices of WCM, Quality in WCM.

UNIT- III: Manufacturing technology strategies, its Systems and Tools for WCM: verticalintegration,sourcing and outsourcing;organization focus and manuf.strategy,selecting ,developing and exploiting manu. Overview of Systems and Tools,Information Management Tools, Material Processing and Material Handling Tools,Assessment of Manufacturing Systems and Tools.

UNIT- IV: Manufacturing infrastructure development. Monitoring World Class Performance.Implementation of WCM, Need for Performance Management, Monitoring andControlling Performance Tools.

UNIT- V: The Indian Scenario of WCM: Competitiveness and Performance of IndianManufacturers, Objectives and Strategies, Use of IT in WCM.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Hill and Hills(1993). Manufacturing Strategy, McGraw Hills,New Delhi.2. Sahay, Saxena and Ashish Kumar(2000).World Class Manufacturing.A Strategic

Perspective. Macmillian,New Delhi.

{27} {28}

Page 16: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

3. Todd, Jim.(1995) .World Class Manufacturing.McGraw Hill,New Delhi.4. Miltenmurg, John.(1995).Manufacturing Strategy, 1st Edition: How to Formulate and

Implement a Winning Plan (Manufacturing & Production)., Productivity Press. Chennai.5. Kim, Hua ,Tan &Matthews, Rupert.(2009). Operations Strategy in Action: A Guide

to the Theory and Practice of Implementation. Edward Elgar Publishing, UK.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic reference and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-320ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to expose the students to the growth ofentrepreneurship in developing countr ies with special reference to India.UNIT-I: Entrepreneurial traits, types and significance, Definitions, characteristics of

Entrepreneurial types, Qualities and functions of entrepreneurs, Role andimportance of entrepreneur in economic growth.

UNIT-II: Competing theories of entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial Development Programmein India - History, Support, Objective, stage of performances, Planning and EDP- Objectives Target group, selection of centre, pre-training work.

UNIT-III: Govt. Policy towards SSI's, Entrepreneurial Input, Entrepreneurial Behavioursand entrepreneurial motivation, N-Achievement and management success.

UNIT-IV: Entrepreneurs success in rural area, Innovation end entrepreneur, EstablishingEntrepreneurs System, Search for business idea, sources of ideas, ideaprocessing, input requirements.

UNIT-V: Sources and criteria of financing, fixed and working capital assessment, Technicalassistance, marketing assistance, sickness of units and remedial assistance,Preparation of feasibility reports and legal forma lities and documentation.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Cliffton, Davis, S. and Fyfie , David, E. (1977). Project Feasibility Analys is. John

Wiley, New York.2. Desai. A.N. (1990). Entrepreneur & Environment. New Delhi.3. Drucker, F., Peter (1985). Innovation and Entrepreneurship. Heinemann, London.4. Jain, Rajiv(1984). Planning a Small Scale Industry. A Guide to Entrepreneurs.

S.S. Books, New Delhi.5. Kumar, S.A. (1990). Entrepreneurship in Small Industry. Discovery, New Delhi.6. McCle lland, D. C. and Winter.(1969).Motivating Economic Achievement, Free

Press, New York..7. Udai, Pareek and Rao, Venkateswara (1978).Developing Entrepreneurship - A

Handbook on Learning Systems. Learning Systems, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be

announced in the class.

MBA-321SMALL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question paperOBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to expose the students about the growth of

SSI's and how it's managed in India.UNIT- I: Definition of Small Business, Steps for Starting Small Business, Small Business

in Indian Environment . Economic, Social, Political, Cultural and Legal, PoliciesGoverning small Scale units, Industrial Policies and Strategies Relating to SmallScale Sector.

UNIT- II: Technological Know.how and Appropriate Technology, Quality Circles andProductivity, Linkage between Small and Big Business.

UNIT- III: Special Problems in Management of Small Business. Finance, Marketing,Production and Personnel, Sickness in the Small Sector, Reasons and Remedies.

UNIT- IV: Modernization of Small and Village Industries, Training Programs and ConsultancyServices, Incentives and Subsidies.

UNIT- V: Exploring Export Possibilities, Institutions Assisting Export Promotion of SmallBusiness in India, Export Promotion Councils, Global Prospective of SmallBusiness in Selected Countries.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Abrahamjon & Royce. L & Pickle (1990), Small Business Management. John

Wiley, New York.2. Batra, G. S. (2002). Development of Entrepreneurship. Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi.3. Desai Vasant (2004). Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management.

Himalayan Publishing House,New Delhi.4. Desai Vasant (1995). Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship. Himalayan

Publishing House, New Delhi.5. Gupta, C. B., Srinivasan, N. P.(2000). Entrepreneurial Development. Sultanchand

& Sons., New Delhi.6. Papola, T. S. (1982).Rural Industr ia lization Approaches and Potentials. Himalayan

Publishing House, New Delhi.7. Vepa, Ram, N. (1983). How to Success in Small Industr ies. Vikas Publication, New

Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will beannounced in the class.

MBA-322NEW ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to expose the students to the managerialaspects of new enterprise and to help them to understand the working of these enterprisesand measure, evaluate their performance and efficiency.UNIT- I: Entrepreneurship and its role in economic development, Problems of

industrialization in Underdeveloped countries with special reference to India.UNIT- II: Industrial policy, Regulation and control of Industries in India, Mechanics of

setting of new enterprises-size and location, optimum units - its meaning anddeterminants, size of industrial units of India.

UNIT- III: Theory of industrial location factors determining the industrial location, Regionaldistribution of industrial activity in India.

UNIT- IV: Recent trends in the localisation of industrial activity in India: Regional planningof industrial activity in India, Feasibility studies : Technical, Marketing andfinancial, Managerial problems of New Enterprise, Production Purchasing.

UNIT-V: Financing labour and marketing problems, Facilities provided by differentInstitutions and Agencies in India, financing facilities for new enterprises,marketing and other facilities.

{29} {30}

Page 17: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Drucker, Peter(2012). Innovation and Entrepreneurship. East - Elsevier, USA.2. Gupta, C. B. and Srinivasan (1997).Entrepreneurial Development in India. Sultan

Chand. New Delhi.3. Hisrich, Robert, D., Petors, Micheal, P.( 2010).Entrepreneurship.TMH, New Delhi.4. Holt, David. H., Englewood Cliffs(1992.). Entrepreneurship - New Venture

Creation. Prentice Hall Inc.New Jersey.5. McClelland, D. C. and Winter, D. G.( 1969).Motivating Economic Achievement.Free

Press, New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-323INTERNATIONAL TRADE PRACTICES, PROCEDURES AND DOCUMENTATION

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to acquaint the students with the tradepractices, procedures and documentation of international trade.UNIT-I: EXIM Operations and Documentation: Trade operations and documentation;

Documentation areas and dimensions; Nature and characteristic features ofExim documents; EDI and documentation. EXIM Policy Framework: Legalframework, Objective of EXIM policy; Policy overview - Facilities andrestrictions; Getting started in export business.

UNIT-II: Foreign Exchange Facilities and Regulations: Legal framework in India - FEMA.Origin and objectives, Main provision of FEMA; Other relevant acts. InternationalTrade Terms: Trade contract and trade terms; Trade terms and need forstandardization; INCO terms. Export Payment Terms: Credit risk managementand payment terms; Main features of payment terms.Advance payment, openaccount, documentary collection, documentary credit- Documentary collection-DP and DA process and operation; Letter of credit and parties involved;Process of opening and advising LC, Types of LC; Process and operation;UCPDC.Major clauses; Consignment sale.

UNIT-III: Trade Finance: Sources and schemes of trade finance; Pre and post.shipmentexport credit schemes and methods of financing; Packing credit advancedetails; Post.shipment advance; Import financing. Transit Risk Management:Nature of transit risk; Contract of cargo insurance Parties involved - Insurer/assured, Indemnity and insurable value; Perils and losses; Insurance policyand certificate; Cargo loss claims - Procedure and documentation. Credit RiskManagement: Export credit insurance - Concept and importance; Role ofExport Credit Guarantee Corporation (ECGC); Covers issued by ECGC;Financial guarantees; Coverage of commercial and political risks- proceduresand documentary requirements.

UNIT-IV: Central Excise Clearance: Excise duty - Definition, rationale, stages oflevying and collection; Meaning of manufacturing; Type of duties; Legalframework - Central Excise Act and Rules, Central Excise Tariff Act;Valuation; Options of refund and movement in bond- Rules 12, 13 and 14Procedures and documentary requirements.

UNIT-V: Customs Clearance of Export and Import Cargo: Legal framework - CustomsAct 1962;. Customs Tariff Act 1975; Foreign Trade (Development andRegulations) Act 1992; Valuation and types of duties and HarmonizedSystem of Nomenclature; Documentation requirements and document

processing; Physical examination of goods; EDI and customs operations. DutyDrawback: Concept and rationale; Monitoring authority; Types and mechanismof rate fixation; Settlement of claims including under EDI; Procedure anddocumentation. Import Policy and Export Promotion: Duty exemption schemes;Import of capital goods; Export, trading star trading, super star trading housepolicy and procedures; EoU's/EPZs/SEZs schemes and procedures.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bhalla, V.K. and Ramu,S. (2001). International B usiness Environment and

Management, 5th ed. Anmol, Delhi.2. Desai, H.B. (1988).Indian Shipping Perspectives. Anupam Publications, Delhi.3. Government of India.(2012). Handbook of Import. Export Procedures.Government

of India,New Delhi.4. Paras, Ram,( 1995). Export What, Where and How. Anupam Pub, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-324INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to acquaint the students with thefinancial management problems of the multinational corporations and prepare them totackle these problems.UNIT- I: Introduction: Complexities and issues in financial decisions of a multinational

firm: Foreign investment decisions: Exchange rate movement and decisionto invest: Foreign direct investment theories and strategies: Green fieldinvestment vs. Acquisitions and mergers. International Capital Budgeting:Multinational considerations and calculation of cash flows; Adjusted presentvalue approach: Cost capital: Assessment and management of political risks.

UNIT- II: International Portfolio Management: Decision to invest in portfolio: InternationalCAPM; Identification of optimum portfolio.International Project Financing:Concepts, types techniques and key elements; Capital structure decision.

UNIT- III: International Working Capital Management: Cash management; Receivables andinventory management. Dividend Policy for Multinational Corporations.

UNIT- IV: Currency and Interest Rate Risk Management: Exposure and risk; Transaction,translation and real operating exposure; Exposure management contractualand natural hedging; interest rate risk assessment and management.

UNIT- V: International Accounting Foreign currency translation; Multinational transfer pricingand performance measurement; consolidated financial reporting internationalaccounting standards and practices. International Taxation: Key elements andissues; International tax environment; Bilateral treaties and tax heavens

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Apte P.G..( 1998) Multinational Financial Management, Tata.McGraw Hill, New

Delhi,.2. Baker J.C.( 2000). International Finance: Management, Markets and Institutions,

Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs,.Company, New Delhi.3. Eiteman, David K., Arthur Stonehill and Micheal H. (1998).Moffett, Multinational

Business Finance, Addison.Wesley Publishing Company,New Delhi.4. Eun, Cheol and Bruce Resnick. (1998 ) International Financial Management,

McGraw Hill, New York.5. Levi, Maurice.( 1996) International Finance, McGraw Hill Inc., New York.

{31} {32}

Page 18: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

6. Madura, Jeff, International Financial Management.( 2000.) South WesternPublishing Company, Cincinnati.

7. Rathore & Shirin.( 1994) International Accounting, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi.

8. Seth, A.K.(2000) International Financial management, Galgotia Publishing, New Delhi.9. Shapiro, Allen C.(2009) Multinational Financial Management, John Wiley & Sons,

New Delhi.10. 11.Sharan, V.( 2000.) International Financial Management, Prentice Hall of

India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-325INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL SYSTEM AND MARKETS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to provide students knowledge of internationalfinancial system, markets and operations, and also to acquaint them with the macroenvironment in which the international financial transactions are conducted.UNIT- I: Introduction to International Financial System: International Monetary System:

Features and requirements; System of exchanging currencies - FromBretton Woods system to free float and convertibility; Pegging of currencies-target zone arrangement; European monetary system; International liquidity.

UNIT- II: Foreign Exchange Markets and its Activities: Exchange rate quotations andpractices; Foreign exchange market activities; Arbitraging, hedging andspeculation.

UNIT- III: Exchange Rate Determination: Exchange rate determination in spot andforward market - Interest rate parity (IRP), purchasing power parity, Fisher openequation Monetary and portfolio balance approaches; Short run demandand supply theory, BOP theory, and growth theory; Forecasting exchange rate.

UNIT- IV: International Financial Markets and Instruments: Changing scenario;International capital and money market instruments; International developmentbanking; Euro - currency markets; International securities markets andinstruments .Bond and notes market; equity market, GDR, ADR, EDR and IDR;Integration of financial markets and approach; Role of financial intermediaries;Financial swaps.

UNIT- V: International Debt Problem: Problem of debt servicing and developing countries(with special reference to India).

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Apte, P. G.( 1998). Multinational Financial Management, Tata.McGraw Hill, New Delhi.2. Baker, J.C.( 1998).International Finance: Management, Markets and Institutions.

Prentice Hall, NeDelhi.3. Eitemean, David K., Arthur Stone.hill and Michael H. Moffett, (1998) . Multinational

Business Finance. Addison.Wesley Publishing Company, USA.4. Levi & Maurice ( 1996).International Finance, McGraw Hill Inc., New York.5. Seth, A.K.( 2000).International FinancialManagement, Galgotia Publishing

Company, New Delhi.6. Shapiro, Allen C. (1995). Multinational Financial Management, Prentice Hall

India Pvt Ltd., New Delhi.7. Sharan, V.( 2000) International Financial Management, Prentice Hall of India

Private Ltd. New Delhi.

NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-326ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE, DESIGN AND CHANGE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30Note: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The basic purpose of this course is to develop the concept of organizationalstructure in the students. It aims to develop and intimate understanding of the organizationalenvironment, culture and the process of organizational change.UNIT I: Concept of Organizational Structure; Determinants of Organizational Structure,

Why do Structures Differ? Types of Organizational Structure, Work Systemsand People.

UNIT II: Determinants of Organizational Design; Parameters of Organizational Design;Emerging Organizational Design.

UNIT III: Organization and Environment; Organizational Strategy; Power and Conflicts inOrganization.

UNIT IV: Organizational Decision.Making and Strategy formulation; Organizational Culture;Organizational Failure.

UNIT V: Organizational Change; Organizational Learning and Transformation, Processof Organizational Change.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Basil, D.C. & Cook, C.W. (1997). The Management of Change, McGraw Hill,

Michigan.2. Miles, R.E. (1978). Organizational Strategy, Structure and Process. New York:

McGraw Hill, New Delhi3. Nilakant, V., & Ramnarayan, S. (1998) Managing Organizational Change, Response

Books, New Delhi.4. Paton, R.A., & McCalman, J. (2008). Change Management: A Guide to Effective

Implementation, Sage Publication Lt, New Delhi.5. Rao, M.G., & Rao, V.S.P. (1999). Organization Design, Change & Development,

Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.6. Singh, K. (2009). Change Management, Excel Books India. Thornhill, A., Lewis,

P., Millmore, M., & Saunders, M. (2000). Managing Change: A Human ResourcesStrategy Approach, Harlow.Pearson Education, New Delhi.

7. Sinha, J.B.P. (2009). Culture & Organizational Behaviour. Sage Publications Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi.

8. Srivastava, S.K., & Kumari, P. (2011). Organizational Behaviour: A ComprehensiveStudy. New Delhi: Global Vision Publishing House, New Delhi.

9. Harigopal, K. (2006). Management of Organizational Change: LeveragingTransformation, Response Books, New Delhi.

10. Hersey, P.H., Blanchard, K.H., & Johnson, D.E. (2012). Management ofOrganizational Behaviour, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.

NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-327CORPORATE LEADERSHIP

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30

Note: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - The

{33} {34}

Page 19: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

student has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.

OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to impart the leadership qualities in thestudents.

UNIT I: Corporate Leadership: Concept and Styles of Leadership; Leadership Traits;Theories of Leadership: Trait, Behavioral and Contingency Theories; LeadershipEffectiveness.

UNIT II: Managerial Communication: Types, Objectives, Models, Process, Importance;Understanding Barriers to Communication and Ways to Handle and ImproveBarriers. Presentation Skills - Its Purpose in Business World. Non.verbalCommunication.

UNIT III: Power and Politics: Meaning of Power and Politics; Bases of Power; Managingwith Power; Where does power come from? Types of Power.

UNIT IV: Team Leadership: Leader / Follower Relations, Team Leadership andSelf.Managed Teams, Enhancing Morale and Motivation. Time management.

UNIT V: Ethics in Leadership, Strategic Leadership, Emerging Trends in CorporateLeadership, Developing Leadership for Tomorrow, Mechanisms for LeadershipDevelopment.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Hughes, R. (2005). Leadership: Enhancing the Lessons of Experience, McGraw

Hill., New Delhi.2. James, M.G. (2010). Leadership.Harper.Perennial,New York.3. Northouse, P.G. (2007). Leadership: Theory & Practice, Sage Publications,

California.4. Northouse, P.G. (2013). Leadership: Theory & Practice. Sage Publication, USA.5. Sadler, P. (2003). Leadership. Kogan Page Publishers, UK.6. Topping, P. (2005). Managerial Leadership, McGraw.Hill, New Delhi.7. Weiss, T., & Kolberg, S. (2003). Coaching Competencies and Corporate

Leadership, CRC Press, NewYork.8. Western, S. (2008). Leadership: A Critical Text. Sage Publications, London.9. Yukl, G.A. (2007). Leadership in Organizations. Pearson Education Limited, New

Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-328STRESS MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30Note: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to make students aware of stress and itsmanagement techniques.UNIT I: Meaning; Nature of Stress; Occupational Stressors: Role Stress, Managerial

Stress; Sources and Causes.UNIT II: Stress and Personality: Behavioral and Situational Modifiers; Stress Motivation

and Performance.UNIT III: Managerial Implications of Stress: Leadership Styles in Stressful Situations and

non.stressful situations; Decision.making and Stress.UNIT IV: Sources of Stress: Individual Stressors, Group Stressors, Organizational

Stressors; Physical, psychological and Behavioral indicators of stress.UNIT V: Stress Management Techniques: Coping with Stress; Individual Coping Strategies,

Organizational Coping Strategies, Relaxation Techniques.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Cranwell, J., & Abbey, A. (2005). Organizational Stress, Palgrave Macmillan,

USA.2. Clayton, M. (2011). Brilliant Stress Management: How to Manage Stress in Any

Situation.Prentice Hall, New York3. Greenberg, J.S. (2008). Comprehensive Stress Management, McGraw Hill, New

Delhi.4. Herbert, B. (2006). Stress Management: Techniques for Easing and Preventing

Stress, Harvard Health Publications, USA.5. Lehrer, P.M., Woolfolk, R.L., & Sime, W.E. (2007). Principles and Practice of

Stress Management, Guildford Press, New York6. Quick, J.C. (2013). Preventive Stress Management in Organizations, Washington

DC: American Psychological Association, USA7. Sutherland. V.J. & Cooper, C.L. (2000) Strategic Stress Management: An

Organizational Approach, London: Macmillan Business, New Delhi.8. Short, E. (2001). Strategic Stress Management: An Organizational Approach,

Emerald Group Publishing Limited, UK9. Turkington, C. (1997). Stress Management for Busy People, McGraw Hill, New

Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

FOURTH SEMESTERMBA. 401 DISSERTATION

MBA-402RURAL MARKETING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of the course is to familiarize the participants with conceptualunderstanding of Rural Marketing practices in Indian context.UNIT I: Concept & Scope, Attractiveness & Challenges of Rural Markets, Rural vs.

Urban Markets,Rural Marketing Environment.Rural Market in India, Size and Scope,Environment and Emerging Profile of Rural Markets in India Rural ConsumerBehavior.Rural Consumers Dimensions. Buying Decision Process, Marketing Mixfor Rural Marketing,

UNIT II: Research approach, Rural Marketing Information System, Diffusion of InnovationRural Marketing Strategies: Rural Market Segmentation.Basis and Strategies,Positioning Strategies for Rural Market.

UNIT III: Product Planning & Strategies for Rural Markets, New Product Development:Consumer Adoption Process, Product Mix. Pricing Strategies for RuralMarkets.Pricing Polices, Innovation in Pricing of the Products.

UNIT IV: Challenges in Rural Communication, Advertising and Sales Promotion for RuralMarkets, Setting Communication Objectives, Rural Media: Media Innovation,Branding in Rural India, Brand Loyalty Vs Stickiness, Fake Brands

UNIT V: Issues in Rural Distribution Channels, Tapping the Rural Markets, Rural DistributionStrategies, Rural Retailing, Haats/Shandies, Vans & Mobile Stores, Innovation inRural Distribution System.

{35} {36}

Page 20: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Kashyap, P. & Raut.S(2003). Rural Marketing.Biztantra, New Delhi.2. Swamy,T.P. Gopal .(1997).Rural Marketing.Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.3. Dogra.B & Ghuman .K.(2007). Rural Marketing. TMH, New Delhi.4. Velayudhan, S. K. (2007). Rural Marketing. SAGE Publication, New Delhi.5. Mathur, U.C. (1994). Rural Marketing.Excel Books,New Delhi.6. Krishnamacharyulu, C G& Ramakrishnan, L(2011).: Rural Marketing text and

cases.Pearson Education, New Delhi.7. Rahman, Habeeb .Ur.(2011).: Rural Marketing. HPH,New Delhi.8. Singh, Sukhpal .(1997). Rural Marketing. Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.9. Minouti ,Kamat&. Krishnamoorthy . R.(2013). Co.operatives & Rural Markets.HPH,

New Delhi.

MBA-403WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to appraise the student with workingcapital.Unit I : Introduction to Working Capital: Nature, Scope and Definition of Working Capital,

Working Capital Cycle, Assessment and Computation of Working CapitalRequirement, Overview of Working Capital Management.

Unit II : Management of Cash and Marketable Securities, Cash Budget, Flexible budget,Marketable Securities: Concept, types, reasons for holding marketable securities,Cash Management Practices in India.

Unit III: Management of Receivables: Receivables: Nature & cost of maintainingreceivables, objectives of receivables management, factors affecting size ofreceivables, policies for managing accounts receivables.

Unit IV : Inventory: Need for monitoring & control of inventories, objectives of inventorymanagement, Benefits of holding inventory, risks and costs associated withinventories, Inventory Management: Minimizing cost in inventory, Techniques ofInventory Management. Classification, order quantity, order point etc.

Unit V : Working Capital Financing: Need and objectives of financing of working capital,short term credit, mechanism and cost.benefit analysis of alternative strategies forfinancing working capital : Pattern and sources of Working Capital Financing in India.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Prere, L. (2010).Working Capital Management.Oxford University Press, USA.2. Bhattacharya H. (2006).Working Capital Management; Strategies & Techniques.

Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.3. Vijaykumar, A. (2006).Working Capital Management.Northen Book Centre, New Delhi.4. Jain , N. K. (2004).Working Capital Management.Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-404COMPETENCY MAPPING & DEVELOPMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -

The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to appraise the student with competencymapping and development.UNIT-I: History & Origin of Competency. KSA v/s Competency, Reasons for Popularity

of Competency, Competency & EVA, Views Against Competency, Definitions,Confusion about Competency

UNIT-II: Skill, Knowledge & Motive,Trait & Self-Concept, Iceberg Model of Competency,Operant & Respondent Traits of Competency

UNIT-III: Threshold Competencies, Differentiating Competencies,Generic or KeyCompetencies, Functional or Technical Competencies, Leadership or ManagerialCompetencies

UNIT-IV: Determining the objective & Scope, Clarifying Implementation Goals & Standards,Create an Action Plan, Define Performance,Effectiveness Criteria, Identify aCriterion Sample, Data Gathering & Interim Competency, Model, Finalize & ValidateCompetency Model

UNIT-V: Leadership and managerial competency models ,Causes for Resistance andRecommended Actions to Address, Delphi Technique ,Competencies &GenericIndicators . 360 Degree Feedback. HR Generic Competency Model, SupervisoryGeneric Competency Model.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Decenzo , D.A., & Robbins, S.P. (2005). Human resource management.John

Wiley & Sons, USA.2. Hall, Calvin S.et al .(1998). Theories of Personality. Wiley Publication.USA.3. Newstrom, J.W., & Keith,. D.( 2003).Organizational Behaviour - Human Behavior

at work. Tata McGraw Hill. New Delhi.4. Parek, U., & Khanna, S.(2011).Understanding Organizational Behaviour. Oxford

University Press.,USA.5. Pareek , U., & Lynton, R.P. (1990).Training for development. Vistaar Publications.

New Delhi.6. Robert , N. L. (2009).Human Relations in Organizations: Applications and Skill

Building (6th ed.). India: McGraw Hill Education,New Delhi5 Stephen, R. Et al. (2006). Training in Interpersonal Skills - tips for managing

People at work. Pearson, New Delhi.6. Whetten, & Cameron.(2002).Development Management Skills(7th Ed.).Prentice

Hall, New Delhi7. Whetten & Cameron.(2007).Development Management Skills; 7th Ed. Pearson

PHI,New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-405INFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LA WS IN BUSINESS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: This course will assist students in their career preparation as informationsystem security managers. The course would enable the students to articulate currentand developing legal issues in the information assurance field, Analyze and interpret howrelevant case and statutory law has been applied to legal problems in information assurance;also, to identify and articulate legal issues in the discipline not adequately covered bycurrent law. Topics will include such issues as Indian and international jurisdiction, computer

{37} {38}

Page 21: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

security, intellectual property, electronic commerce, information privacy, freedom ofexpression, and cyber crime.UNIT-I: Basics of Information Technology, Basics of Indian Legal System, Overview of

IT Law, Cyber Law in India, I.T Act, 2000 . Introduction and its application,Relevant amendments in all other law, Constitutional protection under Cyber law,Freedom of speech and expression, Human Rights violations, Revisiting industrialand Labour Laws, E.Media and Print Media

UNIT-II: The Law of Contract, Construction of Electronic contracts, Issues of security,Employment Contracts, Consultant Agreements, and Digital Signature

UNIT-III: Crime : Meaning & Concept, Rights and liability.Civil, Criminal and tortuous,Offences. concept and Legal parameters, under I.T Law, Offences.detectionand investigation, Offences and punishments.global scenario, Rights & liabilitiesof Intermediaries, Overlapping between IPC & ITA

UNIT-IV: Understanding Copy right in information, Technology, Legal issues in Internetand Software Copy right, Patents ,Trade Marks & Data Base

UNIT-V: Concept of Jurisdiction, Indian context of Jurisdiction, Information TechnologyAmendment Bill, 2006, Information Technology Rules.

SUGGESTED READINGS,1. Baxi,P.N.,& Suri ,R.K. (1994). Cyber and E.Commerce laws. Bharat Pub House.

New Delhi.2. John R.Vacca. (2005). Computer Forensic : Computer Crime Scene Investigation,

Charles River Media, USA.3. Nandan, K.(2009). Law relating to Computers, Internet & E.Commerce. Universal

Law Publishing, New Delhi.4. Raheja, R., & Ahmed, S.( 2001). : A Guide to Information technology( Cyber law

and E. Commerce). Capital Law House ,New Delhi.5. Singh,R.,& Singh,G. S.(2004). Cyber Space & The Law Issues & Challenges.Nalsar

University,Hydrabad.6. Rodney D Ryder (2007)Business Process Outsourcing, Date Protection and

Information Security. Wadhwa & Co, NewDelhi.7. Jozgaao,S.V.(2000)Computer Contracts and Information Technology

Law.India:Wadhawa & Co, New Delhi.8. Sharma,V.(2007).Information Technology : Law & Practice (2nd

Ed).Delhi,India:Universal Law Publisher.9. Singh,Y.(2010).Cyber Laws Justice. India: Universal Law Publishing Co., New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-406MANAGING TECHNOLOGY & INNOVATION

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: This course intends to introduce the innovation process and its

management: to provide insights into the process to be followed in orderto manage technological change, to explore the effects of technology onthe work force and the quality of work life, Technology and innovation arevalue drivers and that management decisions should be anchored in thefundamental objective of the creating competitive advantage.

UNIT I: Technology: Definition and Characteristics, Management of Technology,Two contemporary perspectives in Management, Key concepts.Technological Environment.Environment and Technological Environment,

Actors in the Technological Environment, Changes in the TechnologicalEnvironment, Major current developments in the Technological Environment

UNIT II: Innovation. Overview of the Dynamics of Technological Change, Conceptof Innovation, Innovation Dynamics at the firm level, Technology Evolution,Characteristics of Innovative Firms. Process of TechnologiesChange.Diffusion - Concept of Diffusion, Dynamics of Diffusion, A modelof Innovation Adoption, Factors that Drive the Process of Diffusion,Influence of Environmental Trends on Diffusion

UNIT III: Competitive Domains, Competitive consequences of Technological Change,Technological Characteristics of Competitive Domains. Process Innovation,Value chains and Organization. Drivers of change in value chain, Modesof Value chain configuration, Value chain configuration and Organizationalcharacteristics, Design of work and careers, Influence of EnvironmentalTrends.

UNIT IV: Introduction, Mapping Technology Environment, Mechanism for DataCollection, Analytic tools, Managing Environmental Analysis inOrganizations.Technology Strategy. Overview.Technology BusinessConnection, Technology Strategy: Definition, The key Principles UnderlyingTechnology Strategy, Technology Strategy Types, A frameworks forformulating Technology Strategy.

UNIT V: Evolution of Technology Appropriation Principles, 3G Approach for theAppropriation of Technology, Productivity of In. House R&D.Organizing forInnovation.Organizational Mechanism for Innovation, Principles & Processof organizing, Characteristics of continuously innovative organizations,Role of Leadership.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Burgelman R. A., Christensen C. M., & Wheelwright S. C.(2004).Strategic

Management of Technology and Innovation. Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd,New Delhi.

2. Nord, W.,& Tucker, S. (1987). Implementing routine and Radical Innovations.Lexington Books, USA.

3. M.E. Porter.(1985). Competitive Advantage. Free Press, NY.4. Makridakis. S. (1989). Forecasting Methods for Management, Wiley. Inter Science, USA5. Maidique, eds M.A.(2008).: Strategic Management of Technology & Innovation.

Homewood.6. Pritchett, Price.(1994).New Habits for a Radically Changing World. Pritchett &

Associates, USA7. Rogers, E. M.(1995). Diffusion of Innovation. Free Press,NY.8. Rao, A.S. (1994)Managing of Technology Change.Global Business Press, USA.9. Edosomwan, J. A.(1989).Integrating Innovation and Technology Management.John

Wiley & Sons, USA.10. Steele, L.W. (1989).Managing technology. The Strategic View.McGraw Hill, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-407ETHICS AND BUSINESS GOVERNANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To Inculcate the moral knowledge of Business Governance to the BuddingManagers.Unit-I : What is Ethics, Nature and scope of Ethics, Facts and value, Ethical subjectivism and

{39} {40}

Page 22: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Relativism, Moral Development (Kohlberg's 6 stages of Moral Development), Ethicsand Business, Myth of a moral business. Decision making (Normal Dilemmas andProblems): Application of Ethical theories in Business (i) Utilitarianism (J.Bentham andJ.S. Mill), (ii) Deontology (I. Kant) Virtue Ethics (Aristotle). Economic Justice: DistributiveJustice, John Rawls Libertarian Justice (Robest Nozick).

Unit-II: Characteristics of Free and Perfect competitive market, Monopoly oligopoly,Ethics in Advertising (Truth in Advertising). Finance: Fairness and Efficiency inFinancial Market, Insider Trading, Green Mail, Golden parchate. HR: WorkersRight and Duties: Work place safety, sexual harassment, whistle blowing.

Unit-III: Origin and Development of Corporate governance, Theories underlying CorporateGovernance (Stake holder's theory and Stewardship theory, Agency theory,Separation of ownership and control, corporate Governance Mechanism:Anglo?American Model, German Model, Japanese Model, Indian Model, OECD,emphasis on Corporate governance, Ethics and Governance, Process andCorporate Governance (Transparency Accountability and Empowerment).

Unit-IV : Role of Board of Directors and Board Structure, Role of Board of Directors, Roleof the Non?executive Director, Role of Auditor. Role of Government, Corporategovernance in India .

Unit-V : Introduction to Patents, Designs, Trademarks & Geographical Indications.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Francis & Mishra .(2009).Business Ethics.TMH,New Delhi.2. Fernado .(2009).Corporate governance. PHI,New Delhi.Murthy C.S.V(2004).

Business Ethics and Corporate Governance.HPH, New Delhi.3. Mishra,J.P.(2009).An Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights.Paper back,New Delhi.4. Mallin .(2007).Corporate Governance,.Oxford , USA.5. Mathur, U.C.(2005). Corporate Governance & Business Ethics.MacMillan, New Delhi.6. Prabakaran.S.(2010) Business Ethics & Corporate Governance. EB, New Delhi.7. Paliwal, Manisha.(2007). Business Ethics. Newage International press. New Delhi.8. Patyrick, J. A. & Quinn, J. F. (1997)Management Ethics, Response Publishing,

New Delhi.9. Sherlekar,.(1998).Ethics in Management.Himalaya Publishing, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-408INDIA'S FOREIGN TRADE POLICY

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To acquaint the students with recent trends in India's foreign trade,management and policy related issues in foreign trade in the global context.UNIT-I: India's Foreign Trade: India's Foreign Trade in the Global Context, Structure and

Equilibrium of India's Balance of Payments, Recent Trends in India's foreigntrade, Directional Pattern.

UNIT-II: Major export commodities: Thrust area commodities their trends problems andprospects, Major competitors, Major Import Commodity Groups, Trade Control inIndia.

UNIT-III: Foreign Trade Regulations: Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act,Import and Export Control Orders, Import and Export Licensing System, ExchangeControl in India, Blanket Permit System, Import Substitution and Export PromotionPolicies, Export Incentives: Financial and Fiscal, Deferred Payment System andthe Role of EXIM Bank of India.

UNIT-IV: Export Credit & Promotion: Export Credit Insurance, Infrastructure support forExport Promotion, Export promotion Councils, Commodity Boards/Product ExportDevelopment Authorities, Specific Service Institutions.

UNIT-V: Role of State Trading Organizations: Role of State Trading Organizations in ForeignTrade, Export Processing Zones, Export Oriented Units and Export and TradingHouse Schemes, Multilateralism and Bilateralism in India's International Business.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bhalla, V.K. (2010)., International Business Environment and Management 12th

ed. Anmol publication, New Delhi.2. Bhashyam, S., (1998). Export Promotion in India: The Institutional

Infrastructure.Commonwealth Pub.,New Delhi.3. Government of India.(2012).Foreign Trade Policy & Handbook of

Procedures.Government of India.4. Khanna, Sri, Ram(1986). Export Marketing in India's New Manufactures.University

of Delhi, New Delhi.5. Jain, S.K., (1988).Export Performance and Export Marketing Strategies.Common

wealth Pub.,New Delhi.6. Nayyar Deepak (1960).India's Export and Export Policies in the 1960s,. Cambridge

University press,USA.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-409ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT - Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following sylla-bus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To familiar with interventions,and components.UNIT-I: Organizational Development: Concept; Foundations of Organizational

Development; Planned Organizational Change.UNIT II: Organizational Diagnosis; Feedback and Organizational Development, Achieving

organizational improvement with organizational development.UNIT III: OD Interventions: Team.Building Interventions; Personal, Interpersonal and Group

Process Interventions; Conditions for successful OD interventions.UNIT IV: Organizational Transformation; OD Consultant: Role and Skills, Value and Belief

Systems of Change Agent.UNIT V: Operational Component of OD: Diagnostic Component, Action.Taking Component

and Process Maintenance Component. The Future of OD and New Perspectives.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Burton, R.M. (2004). Strategic Organizational Diagnosis and Design: The Dynamics

of Fit, Kluwer,Boston.2. Clayton, A.P. (2011). The Practice of Organizational Diagnosis: Theory & Methods,

New York: Oxford University Press,USA.3. Lippit, G. (2006). Organization Renewal: Achieving Viability in a Changing World,

Appleton.Century,Crofts.4. Rao, M.G., & Rao, V.S.P. (1999). Organization Design, Change & Development,

Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.5. Singh, K. (2009). Change Management, Excel Books India, New Delhi.6. Wendell, L.F., Cecil, H., & Bell, J. (2006). Organizational Development: Behavioral

Science Interventions for Organization Improvement, Mishawaka: Better WorldBooks, New Delhi.

{41} {42}

Page 23: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINIST RAT ION (BUSINESS ECONOMICS)COURSE STRUCTURE

FIRST YEARFIRST SEMESTERMBA(BE) -101 Vedic ManagementMBA(BE) -102 Quantitative MethodsMBA(BE) -103 Micro EconomicsMBA(BE) -104 Indian EconomyMBA(BE) -105 Soft Skills DevelopmentMBA(BE) -106 Management Process & Organizational BehaviorMBA(BE) -107 Accounting For ManagersMBA(BE) -108 Computer Applications in ManagementSECOND SEMESTERMBA(BE) - 201 Macro EconomicsMBA(BE) - 202 Management ScienceMBA(BE) - 203 Risk Management & InsuranceMBA(BE) - 204 International Economics & Foreign TradeMBA(BE) - 205 Marketing ManagementMBA(BE) - 206 Financial System & Business FinanceMBA(BE) - 207 Research MethodologyMBA(BE) - 208 Business EnvironmentSUMMER PROJECT: The student will go for Summer Training in an approved organizationfor s ix to eight weeks after the completion of second semester & submit the Project Reportby 30th August duly signed by the External Supervisor as well as Internal Supervisor. A latefee of Rs 1000/ will be paid by the student, if he/she fails to submit the report thereafter. Theproject will be evaluated jointly by the External Examiner and the Internal Supervisor.

COURSE STRUCTURESECOND YEAR

NOTE: During Second year (Third Semester) the student shall choose in addition to corepapers, six optional papers out of two specializations (selecting two blocks of thespecialization) in third semester. To run any specialization given below , a minimumof 08 students are required.

THIRD SEMESTERCORE PAPERS:MBA(BE) -301 Summer ProjectMBA(BE) -302 Project Management MBA(BE) -303 EconometricsMBA(BE) -304 Corporate StrategiesOPTIONALS:AREA 1- LIFE INSURANCEMBA(BE)- 305 Practice of Life InsuranceMBA(BE)- 306 Modern Applications of Life InsuranceMBA(BE)- 307 Actuarial Science & PracticesAREA 2- GENERAL INSURANCEMBA(BE)- 308 Practice of General InsuranceMBA(BE)- 309 Fire & Marine InsuranceMBA(BE)- 310 Motor & Miscellaneous Accident InsuranceAREA 3 - INTERNATIONAL BUSINESSMBA(BE)- 311 International Trade Practices, Procedures And Documentation

MBA(BE)- 312 International Financ ial ManagementMBA(BE)- 313 International Financial System And MarketsAREA 4 - SMALL BUSINESS & ENTREPRENEURSHIP MANAGEMENTMBA(BE)- 314 Entrepreneurial DevelopmentMBA(BE)- 315 Small Bus iness Envir onment & ManagementMBA(BE)- 316 New Enterprise ManagementAREA 5- MARKETINGMBA(BE)- 317 Marketing of ServicesMBA(BE)- 318 Retailing ManagementMBA(BE)- 319 Event ManagementAREA 6-HUMAN RESOURCESMBA(BE)- 320 Industrial RelationsMBA(BE)- 321 Negotiation & CounsellingMBA(BE)- 322 Industrial LawAREA 7-FINANCEMBA(BE)-323 Management of BanksMBA(BE)-324 Corporate Tax Planning & ManagementMBA(BE)-325 Investment Management and Financial Engineering

FOURTH SEMESTERMBA(BE)- 401 DissertationNOTE: The same specialization shall be opted by the students as they have opted in thirdsemester.The dissertation shall be submitted by 30th April. A late fee of Rs. 1000/ will be paid by thestudent, if he/she fails to submit the report thereafter. A committee will approve the subject/topic of Dissertation, after the scrutiny and personal interviewOPTIONALS:AREA 1- LIFE INSURANCE

MBA(BE)- 402 Insurance Law & RegulationAREA 2- GENERAL INSURANCE

MBA(BE)-403 Engineering and Liability InsuranceAREA 3- INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

MBA(BE)-404 India's Foreign Trade PolicyAREA 4- MARKETING

MBA(BE)- 405 Rural MarketingAREA 5-HUMAN RESOURCES

MBA(BE)- 406 Global HRM Scenario & PracticesAREA 6- FINANCE

MBA(BE)-407 Working Capital ManagementEVALUATION: Each paper except Dissertation will carry 100 Marks of which 30 Marksshall be reserved for the internal assessment based on Written test (20 marks), Classparticipation (05 marks), Presentation/assignment (05 marks).The remaining 70 Marks ineach paper shall be awarded on the basis of a written examination at the end of eachsemester.

NOTE:lllll Major specialization will be the one in which the student is opting for

dissert ation and the other specialization will be treated as minor .lllll A candidate will only be allowed to appear in the examination and

internal assessment (Written test of 20 marks), if he /she has secured75% attendance in the course during the said period.

EVALUATION OF DISSERTATION:(a) The marks shall be awarded jointly by the External and Internal Examiners, after viva

{43} {44}

Page 24: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

-voce examination. The distribution of marks shall be as follows:

Dissertation : 80 Marks

Viva-Voce : 60 Marks

*Internal : 60 Marks

Total : 200 Marks

*(b) The supervisor will make periodic assessment of the candidates' work and award themarks. This may be based on viva-voce and presentation.

MBA (BE)-101VEDIC MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The basic purpose of this course is to develop an insight of ancient Indiantradition of vedic management.UNIT-I: Introduction to Vedas, Manu Smriti: Code of ideal human conduct, Management

Practices from Kautilya's Arthashastra.UNIT-II: Purusarthas (Absolute Attainments), The Role of a Manager, Leadership: an

Indian vision - Qualities of a leader, Lessons taught by Indian Scriptures.UNIT-III: Self-management, Management of Men and Motivation-as viewed in Vedic

Philosophy, Managerial and Corporate Excellence.UNIT-IV: Business Ethics, Managing Ethics, Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for

Management, Value-Oriented Holistic Management,UNIT-V: Theory of Karma Siddhanta, Gita and the Art of Successful Management,

Individual Discipline, Family and Social Discipline, National Discipline.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Chakravarty, A. E. (2001). The Geeta And The Art Of Successful

ManagementHarper Collins Publishers India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.2. Dave, N. V.( 2003). Vedanta and Management. Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.

Ltd.New Delhi.3. Dwivedi, R.S. (2000). Corporate Excellence (The Eternal Quest)..Macmillan India

Limited. New Delhi4. Ganeshdas, A. S.(1996). Dharma Ratnam. Roop Nagar. Sadhubela Foundation. Delhi.5. Murthy, C.S.V. (2006). Business Ethics (Text and Cases). Himalaya Publishing

House. New Delhi.6. Ranganathananda, Swami.(2000). Human Values in Management ( 3rd ed.).

Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan. Mumbai.7. Sharma, R. N. (1998). Manusmriti. Chaukhamba Sanskrit Pratishthan,Delhi.8. Sherlekar, S. A. (1998). Ethics in Management. Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.9. Vaidya, C.V.(2005). History of Sanskrit Literature. Parimal Publications.Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teacher from time to time.

MBA(BE)-102QUANTITATIVE METHODS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following

syllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to make the students familiar with somebasic statistical tools and linear programming technique. The main focus however is ontheir applications in bus iness decision-making.UNIT- I: Mathematical basis of Managerial Decision-Concepts, Matrices, Frequency

Distribution and their Analysis.UNIT- II: Probability Theory and Probability Distributions-Binomial, Poisson, Normal &

Exponential.UNIT- III: Correlation and Regression Analysis, Test of Hypothesis -t, Z and chi square

tests, Analysis of Variance.UNIT- IV: Time Series Analysis & Forecasting.UNIT- V: Linear Programming-Basic Concepts Formulation, Graphical and Simplex Methods,

Introduction to some Basic Linear Programming Packages.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Anderson, D.R., Sweeney, D.J., Williams, T.A., Camm, J.D., Cochran, J.J., Fry,

M.J., & Ohlmann, J.W., (2013). Quantitative Methods for Business. CencageLearning.New Delhi.

2. Beri,G.C.(2005). Business Statistics.Tata McGraw Hill.New Delhi.3. Brandimarte, P., (2012). Quantitative Methods: An Introduction for Business

Management. John Wiley & Sons,USA.4. Curwin, J., & Slater, R., (2008). Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions.

Thomson Learning,New Delhi.5. Dewhurst, F. (2006). Quantitative Methods for Business and Management.

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.6. Curwin, J., & Slater, R., (2004). Quantitative Methods: A Short Course. Thomson

Learning, London.7. Keller, G.(2009) Introduction to Statistics. Cengage Learning, New Delhi8. Levine, D.M, Kribbeil,T. C, Berenson.M and Vishawanath,P.K.(2011). Basic

Statistics: A First Course. Pearson Education. New Delhi9. Levin R.I. and Rubin, D.S.(2011). Statistics for Management;8th ed.Pearson

Education. New Delhi.10. Levine, Stephan, Krebbiel and Borenjon,(2007) .Statistics for Managers using

Microsoft Excel. PHI,New Delhi.11. Levin, R.I., & Rubin, D.S., (2009). Statistics for Management. Pearson Education

Inc,New Delhi.12. Sharma,J.K.(2007). Business Statistics.Pearson Education. New Delhi13. Sharma, J.K., (2009). Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decisions. Macmillan

Publishers India Ltd,New Delhi.14. Gupta, S.P. & Gupta, M.P (1986). Business Statistics. Sultan Chand, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-103MICRO ECONOMICS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to make the students understand thebehaviour of an economic agent namely a consumer, a product, a factory owner and theprice fluctuation in a market and study the behaviour of a unit.UNIT-I: Nature and scope of economics, Methodology in economics, Choice as an

economic problem, basic postulates, Role of pr ice mechanism, Demand and

{45} {46}

Page 25: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

supply, Bas ic framework - applications Market equilibrium,Utility - Cardina land Ordina l approaches, Indifference curves,Consumer's equilibr ium (H icksand Stutsky), Giff in goods , Compensated demand, Elasticity of demand -Price Income and Cross, Consumer's Surplus, Enge l curve.

UNIT-II: Theory of Production decis ions, Production function, Iso-quant, Factorsubstitution, Law of Variable Proportions, Returns to Scale, Economies ofScale, Different concepts of cost and their interrelation, Equilibr ium of thefirm, Expans ion Path, Empirica l evidence on costs.

UNIT-III: Market forms - Perfect and Imperfect competition, Equilibr ium of a f irm -Monopoly and Price discr imination,Measures of Monopoly Power, MonopolisticCompetition, Duopoly, Oligopoly, Taxation and equilibr ium of a firm, Notion ofcontrolled and administered prices.

UNIT-IV: Margina l Productivity theory of Distr ibution, Theor ies of Wage Determination,Wages and Collective Bargaining, Wage Differentia ls, Rent - Scarcity Rent,Differentia l Rent, Quasi Rent, Interest - Classical and Keynesian theories, Profits- Innovation, r isk and uncertainty theor ies.

UNIT-V: Payback Period - Average rate of return, Net Present Value, Interna l Rate of ReturnCriteria, Price Changes, Risk and Uncertainly, Elements of social cost - benefit analysis.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Koutsoyiannis, A: (1979): Modern Microeconomics (2nd ed), Macmillan Press,London.2. Sen, A: (1999): Microeconomics: Theory and Applications, Oxford University

Press, New Delhi.3. Stigler, G: (1996): Theory of Price, (4th ed), Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.4. Varian, H: (2000): Microeconomic Analysis, W.W. Norton, New York.5. Baumol, W.J: (1982): Economic Theory and Operations Analysis, Prentice Hall of

India, New Delhi.6. Dacosta, G.C: (1980): Production, Prices and Distribution.Tata Mc Graw Hill,New Delhi.7. Archibald, G.C: (ed) (1971): Theory of the Firm.Penguin, Harmondsworth.8. Bain, J: (1958): Barriers to New Competition, Harvard University Press, Harvard

M.A. Economics : Syllabus (CBCS)9. Henderson, J.M. and Quandt (1980): Micro Economic Theory: A Mathematical

Approach. Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.10. Stonier, A.W and Hague (1972): A Text Book of Economic Theory, ELBS, London.11. Ahuja, H.L. (2006): Advanced Economic Theory. Sultan Chand and Co., New Delhi.12. Lipsey R.G. and Chrystal, K.A.(1999.).Principles of Economics (9th Edition),

Oxford University Press, Oxford,NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)-104INDIAN ECONOMY

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course on Indian economy is to enable students tohave an understanding of the various issues/components of the Indian economy so thatthey are able to comprehend and critically appraise current Indian economics problems.For this it is e ssential to have a good deal of understanding about the major developmentsin the Indian economy before Independence at the time of Independence and dur ing thepost-Independence period.UNIT-I. Indian economy in the Pre-British Period : Structure and organization of villages,

towns , industr ies and handicrafts, Changes in the land system,

Commercialization of agr iculture, Policy of discriminating protection andindustr ial development, Monetary and currency developments, Commercia land Central banking deve lopments, Taxation system dur ing the Britis h Period.

UNIT-II. Planning exercises in India : National Planning Committee, Bombay Plan, People'sPlan, Gandhian Plan, The Planning Commission. Colonial economy, Semi-feudaleconomy, Backward economy, Stagnant economy, Other salient features.

UNIT-III. Basic features, Natural resources: Land water and forest resources, Broaddemographic features: Population size and growth rates, sex compos ition, rural-ur ban migration, occupationa l distr ibution, Problem of ove r- population, Populationpolicy, Infrastructure development: Nationa l I ncome. Objectives, Strategy, Broadachievements and failures, Current Five Year Plan: Objectives, allocation andtargets, New economic reforms: Liberalization, pr ivatization and globa lizationRationa le behind economic reforms Progress of privatization and globalization.

UNIT-IV. Nature and importance of agriculture : Trends in agricultural production andproductivity, Factors determining productivity, Land Reforms, New agriculturalstrategy and green revolution, Rura l credit, Agricultura l marketing, Industr ial development dur ing the planning per iod, Industria l policy of 1948, 1956, 1977 and 1991,Industria l licensing policy: MRTP Act, FERA and FEMA, Growth and problems ofsmall scale industr ies, Role of public sector enterprises in India's industria lization.

UNIT-V: Role of foreign trade: Trends in exports and imports , Compos ition and directionof India's foreign trade, Balance of payments crisis and the New economicreforms, Export pr omotion measures and the new trade policies, Foreign capital:FDI, Multinational corporations (MNCs), Poverty and Inequa lity, Unemployment,Ris ing pr ices, Industr ia l relations.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Ahluwa lia I.J. and I.M.D. Little(1999) India's Economic Reforms and Development

(Essays in honour of Manmohan Singh) , (Eds.), Oxford University Press, New Delhi.2. Gadgil D.R.(1970) The Industr ia l Evolution in I ndia in Recent Times 0860-0939,

Oxford, University Press,Bombay.3. Datt, R. and Sundharam K.P.M.(2012). Indian Economy, S. Cha nd & Company

Ltd., New Delhi.4. Dhingra I.C,(2012). The Indian Economy, Environment and Policy, Sultan Chand &

Sons, New Delhi..5. Dutt, R.C.(1950).The Economic History of India Under Early British, Rule Low

Price Publications, Delhi,6. Misra S.K. and V.K. Puri, (2000.).Indian Economy - Its Development Experience,

Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.,7. Generation Economic Reforms in India, Datt R. (Ed.) (2000).Second, Deep &

Deep Publications, New Delhi.8. Jalan, B.( 1992.)The Indian Economy Problems and Prospects, Viking, New Delhi,9. Kumar D.(1982) The Cambridge Economic History of I ndia, (Ed.), Volume II,

1757-1970, Orient Longman Ltd., Hyderabad.10. Misra S.K. and Puri.V.K. (2000). Indian Economy - Its Development Experience, H

ima laya Publishing House, Mumba i.11. Naoroji ,D.(1962). Poverty and Un-British Rule in India, Low Price Publications, Delhi.12. Singh, V.B (1965).Economic History of India(Ed.) , Allied Publishers Private Limited,

Bombay.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teahers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-105SOFT SKILLS DEVELOPMENT

{47} {48}

Page 26: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The Course is aimed at equipping the students with the necessaryconcepts, techniques and skills of communication to inform others and to inspire andmotivate them to get their cooperation in the performance of their jobs. Students areencouraged to follow these skills as self-study and self-driven process.UNIT-I: Introduction, Importance, Role and Process of Business Communication, Verbal

and Non Verbal Communication, Effective Communication, Directions ofCommunication and Barriers to Communication.

UNIT-II: Individual Communication-Letters and Memos, Group Communication-Circularsand Notices, The Process of Writing Commercial letters-Routine Requests &Replies, Claim & Adjustment letter.

UNIT-III: Meetings-Agenda and Notice, Press Release, Seminars & Conferences, GroupDiscussions, Public Speaking, Legal Issues in Communication , Public Relations.

UNIT-IV: Negotiation Skills, Presentation Skills, Writing a Business Report, Resume andJob Application letter, The Job Interview.

UNIT-V: Electronic Communication, Fax, E-mail, Internet and Multimedia, OfficeAdministration and Management, Business Etiquette.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Baugh, Frrayer & Thomas (1995)How to write first class Business

Correspondence.MacGraw Hills, New Delhi.2. Borg, J., (2008).Body Language (7 easy lessons to master the silent

language).Pearson Education,New Delhi.3. Chaturvedi, P. D. & Chaturvedi, M (2004). Business Communication (Concepts,

Cases and Applications),.Pearson Education,New Delhi.4. Hudson, R.H.,(2006) .Business Communication;5th Edition. Jaico Publishing

House, Mumbai.5. Kitty, Locker & Kaczmarek (2010)Business Communication, Building Critical

Skills.McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.6. Krishna, Mohan & Meera ,Banerji. (2000). Developing Communication

Skills.Macmillan India Ltd, New Delhi.7. Lesikar, R.V., Flatley, M.E., Rentz, K. and Pande, N.(2008). Business

Communication: Making Connections in a Digital World;11th Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.

8. Murphy, Herta A & Peck (1997). Effective Business Communications.Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi.

9. Chopra, R .K. & Chopra, A. (2009). Office Management. Himalaya PublishingHouse, New Delhi.

10. Ober,S.(2007) .Contemporary Business Communication. PHI, New Delhi.11. Treece, Malra,(1994) . Successful Business Communication.Allyn and Bacon, Boston.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teacher from time to time.

MBA(BE)-106MANAGEMENT PROCESS AND ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the student with basicmanagement concepts and behavioral processes in the organization.

UNIT-I: Evolution of Management Thought, Systems and Contingency approach forunderstanding organizations.

UNIT-II: Managerial Processes, Skills and Roles in an Organization, Soc ial Responsibilityof Business.

UNIT-III: Understanding and Managing Individua l Behavior- Personality, Perceptions,Values, Attitudes, Learning, Work Motivation, Individual Decision making andproblem solving.

UNIT-IV: Understanding and Managing Group Processes- Interpersonal and GroupDynamics, Group Decision Making.

UNIT-V: Leadership and Influence Process, Understanding and Managing Organizationa lSystem, Organizational Design and Structure, Work Stress and Stress Management.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Koontz, H. &Wechrich ,H.( 1995) .Management. McGraw Hill, New York.2. Luthans F. ( 1995). Organizational Behaviour . McGraw Hill, New York.3. Robbins S.P(1996) Management, , New Jersey, Englewood C liffs, Prentice Hall Inc.4. Robbins S.P(1996).Organizational Behaviour ;7th ed. Prentice Hall of India , New Delhi.5. Singh, Dalip(2000).Emotional Inte lligence at Work, , Sage Publications, Delhi.6. Staw ,B.M .,Englowed, Cliffs(1995). Psychological Dimensions of Organizational

Behaviour ; 2nd Ed. Prentice Hall Inc.. New Jersey.7. Stoner J.( 1996.).Management; 6th ed. Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.8. Udupa, Yoga ,K.N, Mohan ( 2000).Stress and its Management.Motilal Banarasi

Das, Varanasi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)-107ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The basic purpose of this course is to develop an insight of Postulates,Principles and Techniques of accounting and utilization of financial accounting informationfor planning, decision.making and control.UNIT-I: Financial Accounting . Concept, Importance and Scope, Generally Accepted

Accounting Principles, Recording of Financial transactions.Journals, Ledger, Cashbook, Subsidiary books, Trial balance, Adjustments and Rectification of errors.

UNIT-II: Revenue Recognition and measurement, matching of revenue and expenses:Inventory pricing and Valuation. Long term assets and Depreciation AccountingPreparation of Financial Statements: Profit and Loss account, Balance Sheetand related concepts.

UNIT-III: Management Accounting . Concept, Need, Importance and Scope, AccountingRatios: Meaning, Significance and Limitation. Classification, Computation andInterpretation of Liquidity Ratios, Leverage Ratios, Activity/Turnover Ratio andProfitability Ratios.

UNIT-IV: Techniques of Financial Analysis: Meaning and need, Preparation andInterpretation. Cash flow analysis. Concept, Preparation & Interpretation, Budgetand Budgetary Control, Zero.Base Budgeting.

UNIT-V: Resource planning systems. MRP1, MRP2 and ERP, human resources accounting,Inflation accounting, International accounting standards.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bhattacharyya, D. (2010). Management Accounting.Pearson education India,New

Delhi.

{49} {50}

Page 27: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

2. Kumar, G.A. (2010).Management Accounting.Pearson Publication, New Delhi3. Kuppapally, J. J. (2008).Accounting for Managers. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.4. Lucey T. (2003).Management Accounting.Cengage Learning EMEA.5. Mathur, S.B. (2010). Management Accounting.Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi.6. Noreen, E.W. (2011).Managerial Accounting For Managers. Tata McGraw Hill,

New Delhi.7. Pandey, I.M. (2006).Management Accounting.Vikas Publishing House,New Delhi.8. Schatzberg, J. (2010).Introduction to Management Accounting. Pearson

Publication, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-108COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this paper is to develop a basic understanding of computers& management information system and their use in the business organizations. The studentsare required to know only basics of hardware and software.UNIT-I: Evolution of Computers, Computer Generations, Basic Computer organization,

Classification of Computers.UNIT-II: Processor and Memory, Secondary Storage Devices, Input-Output Devices.UNIT-III: Computer Languages, Computer Software, Application Software Packages-

Word Processing package (MS-Word), Spreadsheet Package (MS-Excel),Presentation Graphics Package (MS-PowerPoint).

UNIT-IV: Business Data Processing - Definition, Data Storage, Hierarchy, Standard Methodsof Organizing Data, Database Management System, Computer Networks (LANand WAN only), Computer Security.

UNIT-V: Internet and the Role of IT in Business, Information Systems-Introduction, Definitionand Categories, Role of MIS in Decision Making.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Goel, A. (2010). Computer Fundamentals. Pearson Education, New Delhi.2. Leon, A., & Leon, M.(2005).Principles of IT. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.3. Madan, S. (2011). Student's Guide to IT. Taxmann Allied Services Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.4. Madan, S.(2006). Introduction to Essential Tools. Mayur Paperbacks,Noida.5. Murthy, C.S.V. (2001). Management Information Systems - Text & Applications.

Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.6. McLeod, Raymond, Schell, & George, P. (2007).Management Information

System(10th ed.).Pearson-Education Inc, USA..7. Prasad,L.M. & Prasad,Usha.(2010).Management Information Systems.Sultan

Chand & Sons,New Delhi.8. Rainer, Turban & Potter.(2005). Introduction to Information Technology. John

Wiley & Sons Inc.USA.9. Sinha, P. K., & Sinha, U.(2004).Computer Fundamentals(3rd Ed). BPB Pulications,

New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)-201MACRO ECONOMICS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30

NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the principles,steps and practice of Macro Economics.UNIT-I. Macroeconomics and National Income : Nature and Purpose of Macroeconomics,

Development and Types of Macro economics, National Income Sectors andMeasurement of National Product.

UNIT-II. Output and Employment: Aggregate Demand and Supply, C lassical Theory ofOutput and Employment, Equilibr ium Income and Output, Investment Multiplier ,Foreign Trade Multiplier, Income-Consumption Relationship.

UNIT-III. Investment: Demand Theory, Keynes' Theory of Output and Employment,Acceleration Principle.

UNIT-IV. Monetary & Fiscal Policy: Central Bank, Control of Credit and Monetary Policy in India.UNIT-V. Economic Growth & Business Cycle Theories: Theories of Economic Growth,

Harrod- Domar Theory, Neo-classical theory.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Dornbusch, Fischer and Startz, (2010.).Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill,New Delhi.2. Gregory, N., Mankiw.(2010) Macroeconomics, Worth Publishers,USA.3. Blanchard, Olivier.(2009) .Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, Inc, New Delhi.4. Richard T. Froyen, (2005)Macroeconomics, Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi.5. Andrew, B. Abel and Ben, S. Bernanke.(2011).Macroeconomics, Pearson

Education, Inc, New Delhi.6. Errol, D.'Souza.(2009). Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, New Delhi.7. Paul, R. Krugman, Maurice, Obstfeld and Marc, Melitz.(2012).International

Economics,Pearson Education, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-202MANAGEMENT SCIENCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.Objective : The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the princ iples andpractice of Management Science.UNIT-I: Management Science: Basic Concepts and its role in decision-making, Sensitivity

Analysis, Linear Programming.UNIT-II: Assignment Models: Mathematical Formulation of Assignment Fundamental

theorems, Hungarian Method for Assignment Problem, Unbalanced AssignmentProblem, Variations in Assignment Problem, Transportation Models: MathematicalFormulation, Metric form Transportation Problem, Feasible Solution, Basic FeasibleSolution and Optimum Solution, Moving towards Optimum Solution.

UNIT-III: Simulation: Definition, Types, Uses, Limitations & Phases of Simulation, EvenType, Monte-Carlo Simulation, Application of Simulation, Decision Theory: Types,Components of Decision-Making, Decision Models, Decision-Making underUncertainty, Decision-Tree Analysis.

UNIT-IV: Game theory: Characteristic of Game Theory, Minimax Criterion & Optimal Strategy,Saddle Point, Minimax Theorem, Replacement Models and Systems, Reliability-Replacement of items that deteriorate.

UNIT-V: Queuing Theory: Waiting Line Models, Inventory Management, Job Sequencing,

{51} {52}

Page 28: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Project Management by PERT and CPM.The main textbooks for the course are:1. Barry, Render, Ralph, M. & Michael, E., Hanna(2011).Quantitative Analysis, PHI,

New Delhi.2. Budnik, Frank, S., Dennis, Mcleavey & Richard, Mojena (2003). Principles of

Operations Research. All India Traveller Booksheller, New Delhi,3. Gupta, R. K. (2010).Operation Research. Krishna Prakash Media, Meerut.4. Sharma, J. K.(2009). Operations Research-Theories and Applications. Macmillian

India Ltd., New Delhi.5. Sharma, S. D.(2007). Operation Research. Kedarnath & Co. Meerut.6. Taha, H. A.( 2008). Operation Research-An Introduction. Mc-Millan, New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-203RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the conceptsand principles of insurance vis-à-vis insurance industry.UNIT-I: Risk Management and Insurance: Risk vs. Uncertainty ,Types of Risks, Methods of

Handling ,Risk Management Process, Risk Management Information System (RMIS),Mathematical Basis of Insurance, Theory of Probability and Law of Large numbers.

UNIT-II: Concept of Insurance: Definition, Functions, Cost and Benefits of Insurance,Nature of Insurance Contracts, Classification of Insurance Business, Life andNon-Life Insurance, Alternative Classification of insurance, Role of Insurance inEconomic Development.

UNIT-III: Principles of Insurance: Utmost Good Faith, Insurable Interest, Indemnity,Subrogation, Contribution, Proximate, Cause and Arbitration.

UNIT-IV: Legal framework of Insurance Business in India: The Insurance Act 1938, TheInsurance Regulatory Development Authority Act 1999, The Indian Contract Act1872, Tariff Advisory Committee, Accounting Principles for Preparation of FinancialStatements, Taxation aspects of Insurance.

UNIT-V: Insurance Industry: History of Insurance Industry, Global Picture of Insurance, Industryin India, Insurance Sector Reforms, Insurance Players in India, Life Insurance inIndia, Non-Life Insurance in India, Types and Organizational Structure of InsuranceOrganizations, Insurance Intermediaries and Bancassurance, Reinsurance.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Baranoff, E. G. (2003), Risk Management& Insurance, John Willy & Sons, USA.2. Harrington, S. E & Niehaus, G. E. (2004), Risk Management & Insurance, Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.3. Misra M. N. (2007), "Insurance Principles and Practices", Sultan Chand & Co.

Ltd., New Delhi.4. Rejda, G. E. (2011).Principles of Risk Management & Insurance. Pearson

Education,New Delhi.5. Wiening, E. A. (2010).Foundation of Risk Management & Insurance. American

Institute for Chartered Property Casuality Underwriters/Insurance Institute ofAmerica, USA.

6. Skipper, H.D & Kwon, W.J. (2008), Risk Management & Insurance Perspective ina Global Economy, Blackwell Publishing Wiley India Edition., New Delhi.

7. Trieschmann, J. & Gustauson, S. G. (2009), Risk Management & Insurance,South Western, USA.

8. Vaughan, E.J &Vaughan, T.M. (2002), Essentials of Risk Management & Insurance,Wiley, USA.

9. Williams, C. A., Smith, M. L & Young, P. C. (1998), Risk Management and Insurance,Irwin/McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)- 204INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN TRADE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to offer a broad overview of the structureof international economics and foreign trade.UNIT-I. Introduction to International Economics: Theories of Inter and Intra-Industry

Trade, Comparative Advantage, Classical Model, Heckscher-Ohlin Model,Technology Difference, Intra-Industry Trade.

UNIT-II. International Trade Policy: The Partial Equilibr ium Analysis , The General Equilibrium Ana lys is, Trade Policy & Imperfect Competition and Theory of Customs Union.

UNIT-III. The GATT and WTO: Trade Policy and Less Developed Countries, ImportSubstitution vs. Export Promotion, Empirical Studies of Trade Policy, InternationalFactor Movements, Direct Investments & Multinational Enterprise.

UNIT-IV. Balance of Payments & Foreign Exchange Markets: Foreign Trade & NationalIncome, Capital Account.

UNIT-V. Determination of Exchange Rate: Determination of f loating Exchange Rate,Fixed & Pegged Exchange Rates and International Monetary System, Devaluation,Exchange Rate Systems & Policy Coordination.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. B.O.Sodersten & Geoffry Reed,(2012) International Economics, Macmillan Press Ltd.2. Kierzkowski H.(2012) Competition in International Trade, , Monopolistic, Oxford

Univ.Press.3. J.N. Bhagwati,(2012) International Trade Select Readings, MIT Press Cambridge, N.A.4. Lindert P.H., Richard, D.(2012). International Economics,. Irwin, U.S.A.5. V. Sharan,(2012). International Financial Management, PHI.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE) - 205MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to develop understanding of the underlyingconcepts, strategies and issues involved in the marketing of products.UNIT-I: Nature and scope of marketing, Marketing Environment: Concept; Need for Study;

Major Elements and their Impact on Marketing Decisions, critical role of marketingin organization/Society, Marketing planning and research

{53} {54}

Page 29: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

UNIT-II: Understanding Consumer and Industrial Markets: Demand measurement andForecasting,Theories of Consumer Behaviour; Various Buying Roles in Family;Types of Buying Behaviour;Consumer Decision-Making Process inBuying.segmentation, Bases of Segmenting Consumer Markets; Market SelectionStrategies; Targeting and positioning Consumer and Industrial Market.

UNIT-III: Product Decisions: Product mix, Product life cycle, New product development,Branding and Packaging decisions, Pricing methods and strategies, Promotiondecisions-Promotion mix, Advertising and Personal selling, Channel management-selection, co-operation and conflict management, Vertical marketing systems,Organizing and implementing marketing in the Organization, Gandula management.

UNIT-IV: Evaluation and Control of Marketing Efforts: Scope, Steps, Designing, Tools andTechniques of marketing controller, The marketing controller concept, Organizing& Implementing marketing programs

UNIT-V: New Issues in Marketing: Globalization, Consumerism, Green marketing,Legal,Ethical and Social Aspects of Marketing: Consumerism; Consumer ProtectionMeasure in India; Recent Developments in Consumer Protection in India, Ruralmarketing, e-marketing, retailing.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Kotler, Philip (2011).Marketing Management-Analysis, Planning, Implementation

and Control.Prentice Hall of India, N. Delhi.2. Kotler, Philip & Armstrong, Gary(2009). Principles of Marketing. Prentice Hall of

India, N. Delhi.3. Neelamegham, S.(2000).Indian Cases in Marketing. Vikas, N. Delhi.4. Ramaswamy, V.S. & Namakumari(1995).Marketing Management -Planning,

Implementation & Control. Macmillan, New Delhi.5. Singh,V.K (1999).Effective Management Workout - A casestudy Way, Himalayan

Publication6. Stanton William J.(1994). Fundamentals of Marketing. Mc-Graw Hill, New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)- 206FINANCIAL SYSTEM AND B USINESS FINANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to deve lop a basic understanding of banksand bus iness finance in bus iness organizations.UNIT-I. Central Bank: Functions, Methods of credit control, effectiveness of credit control

in deve lopment of Economics, Commercial Bank- Functions role of commercialbanks in the Economic development of a country.

UNIT-II. Reserve Bank of India: Functions of RBI, Traditional functions, PromotionalFunctions, Supervisory functions, Credit control measures adopted by the RBI.

UNIT-III. Finance: Finance functions, sources and cost of corporate funds, CapitalStructure decision, Public Finance, Theory of Maximum Social Advantage.

UNIT-IV. Progressive and Promotional Taxation: Direct and Indirect Taxes, Impact andIncidence of Tax, Effects of Taxation on production and distribution, Public andpr ivate Expenditure, Factors affecting incidence of Tax.

UNIT-V. Emerging Trends in Accounting and Finance: Leasing, Operating Lease,Infrastructure Lease, Human Resource Accounting, Budget and BudgetaryControl, Need and Importance of Budgets, Classification of Budgets.

SUGGESTED READINGS:

1. Shekhar & Shekhar,(2009). Banking Theory and Practice.HPH, New Delhi.2. A Besant and C Raj(1978). Corporate Financial Management, TMH, New Delhi.3. K.S. Sastry,(1993).Finance and Accounting, Sultan chand,N Delhi.4. K.G. Gupta(1985). Management Accounting, K.G.Publication.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-207RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to develop the research skills of the studentsin investigating the business problems with a view to arrive at objective findings, interpretationof data and conclusions of their investigation in the form of systematic reports.UNIT-I: Research in Management: Definitions, Meaning, Scope and Objectives of Research,

Different Approaches to Research - Scientific Methods and Non scientific Methods;Types of Business Research; The Research Process; Ethics in Business Research.

UNIT-II: Formulation and Definition of Business Research Problem; Formulation ofResearch Hypotheses, Business Research Design - Meaning and Formulation;Research Design Classification - Exploratory Research Design (SecondaryData & Qualitative Research), Descriptive Research Design (Survey &Observation) and Causal Research Design (Experimentation).

UNIT-III: The Sampling Design Process; Types of Sample Design - Probability and Non-probabilitySampling Designs; Size of Sample; Sampling Errors; Concept of Measurement andScaling; Important Scaling Techniques; Reliability and Validity of Measurement.

UNIT-IV: Questionnaires and Observation Forms; Questionnaire Design Process; CollectingPrimary Data through Observations, Semi-structured Interviews, In-depthInterviews and Questionnaire; Processing of Research Data Editing, Coding,Classification and Tabulation.

UNIT-V: Basic Data Analysis - Descriptive Statistics; Univariate Statistics - HypothesesTesting; Bivariate Analysis - Test of Differences and Measures of Association;Multivariate Analysis, Importance of the Report & Presentation; Business ReportFormat; Report Writing; Oral Presentation; Research Follow-up.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Beri,G.C.(2008). Marketing Research. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.2. David, J. L., Ronald, S., Rubin.(1994). Marketing Research. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd,

New Delhi.3. Donald R.C. & Pamela, Schindler(2010). Business Research Methods. McGraw

Hill, New Delhi.4. Kothari C.R.(2009).Research Methodology. Vishwa Prakashan, N.Delhi5. Madan P., Paliwal V., Bhardwaj. R.(2010). Research Methodology.Global Vision

Publishing House, New Delhi.6. Malhotra, N.K.(2008). Marketing Research - An Applied Orientation.Pearson

Education, New Delhi7. Panneerselvam, R .(2004).Research Methodology. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.8. Saunders, Lewis & Thornhill (2003).Research Methods for Business Students.

Pearson Education, New Delhi.9. Tripathi P.C.(2002). Research Methodology.Sultan Chand & Co.New Delhi.10. Wilkinson & Bhandarkar (2003).Methodology & Techniques of Social Research.

Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will be

{55} {56}

Page 30: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

announced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-208BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The primary objective of this course is to acquaint the students with

emerging global trends in business environment.UNIT-I: Economic Systems: Globalization of Indian Economy, Aspects of Human

Development, Introduction to International Business, Modes of InternationalBusiness, Absolute advantage, Comparative advantage, theory of Country size.

UNIT-II: The Business Environment: The Economic and Political Environment, TheHuman and Cultural Environment ,Trade and Investment-Governmental Influenceon Trade and Investment, Determination of Trading Partner's Independence,Interdependence and Dependence, Country Evaluation and Selection, Scanningfor Alternatives, Country Comparison Considerations, Tools for ComparingCountries, Diversification vs. Concentration Strategies, Investment ProposalEvaluation.

UNIT-III: Marketing: Market size analysis, Product Policy, Pricing Promotion and Distribution,Finance: Internal Sources of Funds, Global Cash Management, FinancingInternational Trade, Risk Management and Financial Aspects of the InvestmentDecisions, Multinational Accounting and Tax Functions : Factors Influencing theDevelopment of Accounting, Transactions in Foreign Currency, Translating ofForeign Currency, Financial Statements, Taxation of Foreign-source income,Double-Tax Treaties.

UNIT-IV: Human Resource Management: Management Qualif ications and Characteristics,International Managerial Transfers, Management Recruitment and Selection,International Development of Managers, Training, Market Differences. Production:Production and Export Strategies, Forms of Foreign Involvement.

UNIT-V: Regiona l B locks : Cross - National Cooperation and Agreement, GATT and UNCTAD,Trading B locks - EC, NAFTA, East Asia, Special Trading Arrangements of TradingBlocks with Developing Countries, Monetary Block, International BusinessDiplomacy: Negotiating an International Business, Issues in Asset Protection,Multilateral Settlements, Consortium Approaches, External Relations Approach.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Alworth & Julian, S.(1988). The Finance, Investment & Taxation Decisions of

Multinationals. Basil & Blackwell. London.2. Bhalla, V.K.(1990). World Economy in 90's; A Portfolio Approach.:Anmol

Publications. New Delhi.3. Daniel, J.D. & Radebangh. (2001). International Business. A.Wesley. NY,USA4. Eiteman, D.K .,& Stonchill, A.I.(1992). Multinational Business Finance.A.Wesley, NY,USA5. Kreinin, Mordechel, E.H.(1979). International Economics, Brace, USA.6. Rugman, A. M.(1979). International Diversification & the Multinational. Lexington

Books, Toronto.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA-301SUMMER PROJECT

MBA(BE) - 302PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to help the students to acquire practicalunderstanding and deve lop skills for project preparation and implementation.UNIT-I: Introduction:Definitions, Classification, Projectrisk, Scope, Concepts and

Characteristics of Project, Importance of Project Management, Projectmanagement-definitions, overview, Project plan, management principles appliedto project management, Tools and techniques of project management, Projectmanagement lifecycles and uncertainty. Project Planning: Project and StrategicPlanning, Scope, Problem Statement, Project Goals, Success criteria, RiskManagement, Approval Process, Social Cost Benefit Analysis, Feasibility Study.

UNIT-II: Project Organization:Project Organization: Various Forms of ProjectOrganizations, Project Organization Charting, Organization Human Resources,The Project Manager, The Project Team, Project Team Pitfalls, Project ContractManagement, Types of Contracts, Fixing the Zero Data.

UNIT-III: Project Financing:Project Cost Estimation, Sources of Finance, Multiple Projectand Constraints.

UNIT-IV: Project Implementation and Monitoring:Project Resource Requirements, Type ofResources, Men, Materials, Finance, Multi project Resources scheduling, Splittingand Multitasking, Resources Allocation method, Project Monitoring and control,Project network Technique-(PERT and CPM), Planning for Monitoring andevaluation, Project Management Information System, Project Scheduling- TimeConstrained and Resource Constrained Scheduling, Project Communication,Project Audits, Post Project Reviews.

UNIT-V: Project Direction and Control:Project Direction, Types of Project Termination,Project in Trouble, Termination Strategies, Evaluation of Termination Possibilities,Termination Procedures, Features of Future Indian Projects.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Beenet, P. L.& Kathyn.( 1995). Project management-for 21st century. Pearson

education, New Delhi.2. David, I. Cleland. ( 1999). Project management. McGraw Hill International Edition, USA3. Dennis lock .(2001). The essentials of project management.Grower, USA.4. Gray,C., & Larson,E .(2010). Project Management.Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.5. Gopalakrishnan,P.(1993). Project management- - New Delhi,India:McMillian India

Ltd, New Delhi.6. Harry,Naylor. (1987). Project Management.Pearson Publication, New Delhi.7. Prasanna, C. (2008). Project Management.Tata McGraw Hill, New DelhiNOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will beannounced in the class.

MBA (BE) - 303ECONOMETRICS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The course introduces students to regression methods for analyzing data ineconomics and related areas. This course emphasizes both the theoretical and practicalaspects of statistical analysis, focuses on techniques for estimating econometric modelsof various kinds and interpreting the estimates from such models. The objective is for the

{57} {58}

Page 31: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

student to learn how to conduct - and how to critique - empir ical studies in economics andrelated fields.UNIT-I. Econometric Groundwork: Random variables, Estimation, Desirable properties

of Estimators , Probability, Distributions, Moments, Hypothesis testing andconfidence intervals, Statistical inference.

UNIT-II. Overview of econometrics : Meaning, Definition and scope of econometrics,goal of Econometrics, division of econometrics, the sources of hypothesisused in econometrics, economic data: the raw material of econometrics.

UNIT-III. Methodology of econometrics research: Stage A. Specification of Model, StageB. estimation of the model, Stage C. Evaluation of the parameter Estimates, StageD. Evaluation of the forecasting power of the model, Desirable properties of aneconometric model.

UNIT-IV. The ordinary least square method, properties of the least square estimates,Multiple regression, Autocorrelation, Multicollinearity, Maximum like lihoodmethod.

UNIT-V. Auto Regression, Moving Average Model, Auto Regressive and Moving AverageModel, ARCH Models, GARCH Model, Introduction to STATA and EVIEWS.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. A Kontsoyiannis. (2012). Theory of Econometrics, Palgrave, New York.2. Damodar N.(2003).Basic Econometrics, Gujarati, Fourth Edition, Mc Graw HillIrw in.3. Greene, W. H. (2012).Econometric Analys is ,., New York, NY: MacMillan Publis

hing Company.4. Hamilton, L.,(2003).Statistics with STATA, (Updated for Version 8), Duxbur y Press.5. Lawrence, R.K.(2012).A Text book of Econometrics- PHI, New Delhi.6. Robert S.P.ck and Daniel L.(2012)Econometric Mode ls & Economic forecasts

Rubinfeld,Macgrawhill,Singapore.7. Stock, J., and Watson.M.(2003), Introduction to Econometr ics, Addison-Wesley.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)-304CORPORATE STRATEGIES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The Objectives of this course is to develop a holistic perspective ofenterprise, critical from the point of view of the top executives.UNIT-I: The nature of corporate strategy, Value of corporate strategy, Levels of

strategy, Process of Strategic Management, Strategic Management in differentcontexts, Role of different strategists.

UNIT-II: Defining the Company Mission, Corporate Philosophy, Corporate Governanceand Strategy, Strategy and Ethics.

UNIT-III: The External Environment ana lys is, Industry Analysis, organizational analysisduring industry evolution, Globa lization and Industry structure.

UNIT-IV: Formulating corporate strategies, Business level Strategies, functional Strategies,Strategic choice, Strategy in the Global Environment.

UNIT-V: Implementing strategy, Designing organizational- structure, Designing strategiccontrol systems, strategic ledership, Mattering Structure and control to strategy,Implementing Strategic change, Technology Strategy

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Charles W.L.H., & Gareth, R. J.(2012). Strategic Management Theory - An

Integrated Approach.USA: South Western Cengage Publishing, USA.2. David,F.R.(2012). Strategic Management A Competitive Advantage Approach

Concepts. Prentice Hall, New Delhi.3. Jayarathnam, M.(2007). Business Policy and Strategic Management. Mumbai,

India: Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.4. Gerry, J., & Kevan, S. (2009). Exploring Corporate Strategy. Prentice Hall of

India, New Delhi.5. Singh.S.P.(2004). Corporate Strategy. AITBS. New Delhi.6. Srinivasan.(2007). Strategic Management: the Indian Context. New Delhi, India:

Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-305PRACTICE OF LIFE INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide an understanding for the practice of life assurance and their relevance.UNIT-I : Life Insurance Organization - The Indian Context, The Distribution System,

Functions of Agents, Appointment and Continuance of Agency, Remuneration toAgents, Trends in Life Insurance Distr ibution Channels, Plans of Life Insurance -Need Levels, Term Life Insurance, Increasing/Decreasing Term Policy, Whole LifeInsurance, Endowment Insurance, Money Back Endowment Plan, Marriage EndowmentPlan, Educational Annuity Plan, Children Deferred Assurance Plans, Annuities.

UNIT-II : Group Insurance - Nature of Group Insurance, Types of Group Insurance, GratuityLiability, Gr oup Superannuation Scheme, Other Group Schemes, Social SecuritySchemes, Other Special Need plan - Industrial Life Insurance, Salary Saving Scheme,Disability Plans, Sickness related, Unit Linked I nsurance plans.

UNIT-III: Application & Acceptance - Prospectus, Proposal Forms & other relateddocuments, Age Proof, Special Reports. Policy Document - Need and Format -Preamble, Operative clauses, Proviso, Schedule Attestation, Conditions &Privileges, A lteration, Duplicate Policy, Premium, Premium Calculation, Days ofgrace, Non - Forfeiture Options, Lapse and Revival Schemes.

UNIT-IV: Assignment Nomination Loans - Surrenders - Foreclosure - Married Women'sProperty Act policy, Calculations, Policy Claims, Maturity Claims, Survival BenefitPayments, Death Claims , Waiver of evidence of title, Early claims , Claim concession,Presumption of Death, Accident Benefit and Disability Benef it, Settlement options,Valuations and Bonus, Distribution of Surplus.

UNIT-V: Types of Re-insurance, Exchange Contr ol Regulations , Payment of Premia, Paymentof Claims etc., Assignment in favour of Non-Residents Deposit, Export of Policies.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C. -02(2012).Insurance.Books of Insurance Institute of India , Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-306MODERN APPLICATIONS OF LIFE INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. The

{59} {60}

Page 32: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

student has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide an understanding of the modern application of life assuranceand their relevance.UNIT-I : Identif ication of needs and the application of all ordinary long term insurance

contracts to the needs of individua ls, insurance needs of the family and business organization, partnership and key-man insurance, Deferred CompensationPlan, Insurance needs of individuals as a hedge against inf lation leading to unit-linked, equity- linked and property - linked life polices.

UNIT-II: Life Insurance premium as a first charge on family budget, Salary saving scheme,Tax saving through life insurance - concession available to individual's self-employees persons under the provisions of the Income- tax Act, 1960 - Taxationtreatment of premiums paid for and claims received under life insurance andannuity polices-Life insurance and Wealth Tax Act, 1957 - Life Insurance andMarried Women's Property Act, 1874 and Gift Tax Act, 1958.

UNIT-III: Provident Fund: Requirement for approval etc., Superannuation funds : PrivatePension plan - Insured pension plan - Costing allocated - unallocated methodsof funding - cash accumulation plan - Controlled funding methods - optical formsof pension - transfer of equitable interest Commutation of Pension benefits.

UNIT-IV: Different ways for an employer to meet gratuity liability funding of gratuity -conditions for approva l of gratuity fund, Legal and taxation aspects of Provident.Gratuity and Superannuation funds- Taxation treatment of premiums paid andbenefits received under Group term Insurance Polices.

UNIT-V: Social Insurances and its development in India - Concept of social security in thewestern countries vis-à-vis India-Recent developments.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C. -23 (2012).Insurance.Books of Insurance Institute of India, Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA (BE)-307ACTUARIAL SCIENCE & PRACTICES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Note: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit.The student has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit.The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provides an understanding of the life assurance underwriting and their relevance.UNIT-I: Concept, meaning and scope of acturia l va luation, concept of compound

interest and present value in insurance, tools of rate making in insurance,comparative study of acturial business in UK and India.

UNIT-II: Concept of premium calculation and its commutation in f inding va lues of premiumsof life insurance, plans and annuity plans, life contingencies.

UNIT-III: IRDA (Acturialreport and abstract), regulations , IRDA (Assets, liabilities andsolvency of marine insurance) regulations.

UNIT-IV: Types of life insurance, co-operative societies, mutua l funds.UNIT-V: Private insurance companies, Government insurance, role of appointed actuary

in life insurance as a risk manager.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C. -22. (2012).Insurance. Books of Insurance Institute of India , Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will beannounced in the class.

MBA(BE) - 308

PRACTICE OF GENERAL INSURANCEDuration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide an understanding of the practice of general insurance and their relevance.UNIT-I: Insurance Legislation - General Insurance Business (Nationalisation) Act 1972 -

The Insurance Act 1938 (as amended) - Other statutes having a bearing onGeneral Insurance -Consumer Protection Act 1986 and implications - The structureof the insurance market in India - Insurance marketing network and customerservice, De-Tariffing.

UNIT-II: Insurance forms - Proposals - cover notes - Certificates of Insurance - Polic ies- Endorsements - Renewal Receipts, Scope of Fire, Marine (Cargo and Hull),Motor, Miscellaneous Accident, Aviation, Engineering, Liability, ProfessionalIndemnity, Agricultural Insurances,Special classes of Insurances, Oil and Energy,Satellite Insurances and Special Contingency covers. Industrial All Risks, ProjectInsurances and Advanced Loss of Profits.

UNIT-III: Physical and Moral hazard - Rating practice (Tariff/Non-tariff) - Bonus/MalusMethods of premium calculation - Return of Premium - Pre - acceptance RiskInspection - Risk inspections for special rating and Premium Discounts - Periodicinspections of large projects.

UNIT-IV: Underwriting practice in India and other important insurance markets -Co-insurance and re-insurance practice, New Business and Renewal Procedure.

UNIT-V: Claims Procedure - Survey by professional Surveyors - Role of surveyors inloss minimization and salvage- Use of Insurances Own Surveyors in othermarkets-Settlement of claims and recovery procedures, Risk Management andrisk control - Role of Insurance Brokers in Risk Management, InsuranceProgramming and Placement.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C. -22.(2012).Insurance. Books of Insurance Institute of India ,Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will beannounced in the class.

MBA (BE)-309FIRE & MARINE INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following sylla-bus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide an understanding of the fire and motor insurance and their relevance.UNIT-I: History of f ire insurance, Application of Basic Princ iples, the Standard Fire and

Specia l Perils Policy, Add on covers, Special Polic ies and Clause, Fire Insurancepractice in the U.K. and U.S.A.

UNIT-II: Structure of All India Fire Tariff, Rules, Regulations and Rating, Fire Insurancedocuments, Proposal form, Cover note, Policy-Endorsement, Renewal Notice,Underwriting and Re-insurance.

UNIT-III: Claims, Legal Aspects, Rights and Duties of parties, Onus of proof - The Doctrineof Proximate cause - Warranties, Non- standard and ex-gratia claims? Withoutprejudice? - Rule for construction of policies, Claims procedure, Claim form,surveyors' functions, process of loss assessment, survey reports.

UNIT-IV: Marine insurance market in India and U.K, International and domestic trade -market, parties to a contract and role of intermediatries-Contract of sale-INCO

{61} {62}

Page 33: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

terms, Finance for trade-bills of exchange and documentary credits etc,Underwriting documents, Rules of interpretation, payment of premium, stampduties, Exchange control regulations regarding payment of premiums.

UNIT-V: Risk and rating factor in cargo Underwriting, type of commodities, method ofpacking, stowage and their susceptibility to loss or damage. Extraneous risksand their effects on cargo Containers, pallets and multi- modal transport systemsand particular characteristics of these systems. Common type of vesselsincluding their operating and risk characteristics, Type of policies to cover shipowners's insurable interests. Hull underwriting and rating. P&Icover in general.Type of marine frauds and precautionary measures for their prevention.Abbreviations-shipping, insurance and commercial terms. New development inunderwriting in the international market.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C. 22.(2012).Insurance.Books of Insurance Institute of India , Mumbai.NOTE: The list of Cases and specific references including recent articles will beannounced in the class.

MBA (BE)-310MOTOR & MISCELLANEOUS ACCIDENT INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide an understanding of the miscellaneous (accident) insuranceand their relevance.UNIT-I: History of motor ins urance, Application of basic pr inc iples of insurance,

Types of ve hic les, Types of policies, The Motor Vehic les Act, 1939, as amended,important legal decis ions.

UNIT-II: Scope of cover under different types of polic ies, Tar iff Rules and Regulations,Proposal forms, Underwriting, Rating, Extras and Discounts, Cover notes / Certificates of insurance, Policy forms, endorsements, Renewals.

UNIT-III: Claims processing and settlement, MACT, Lok Adala /Lok Nyaya laya , Jald RahatYojana, Motor Claims, Forms, Check Lists, Minimisation programme.

UNIT-IV: Risk covered under Fidelity Guarantee - Types of commercial fidelity guaranteepolic ies - Proposal forms and applicant's form - Performance guarantee - CourtBonds - Custom bonds and Exc ise Bonds. Risk covered under Bur glary polices-Proposal f orm - R isk impr ovement - Types of polic ies - All r isk policies-Baggage Insurance policies - Money-in-trans it insurance polic ies.

UNIT-V: Bankers indemnities - Jewelers Block Polic ies on Pedal cyc le, plate glass, NeonSign - Blood Stock - Televis ion - Sports - Special Contingency - Missing documents-Contact Lenses - Gasoline attendants - Compos ite polic ies - Shopkeeper andHouseholders/ Doctors and Package - LPG dealers Multipliers.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C.22.(2012.) . Insurance.Books of Insurance Institute of India, Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will beannounced in the class.

MBA (BE)-311INTERNATIONAL TRADE PRACTICES, PROCEDURES AND DOCUMENTATION

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following

syllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to acquaint the students with the tradepractices, procedures and documentation of international trade.UNIT-I: EXIM Operations and Documentation: Trade operations and documentation;

Documentation areas and dimensions; Nature and characteristic features ofExim documents; EDI and documentation. EXIM Policy Framework: Legalframework, Objective of EXIM policy; Policy overview - Facilities andrestrictions; Getting started in export business.

UNIT-II: Foreign Exchange Facilities and Regulations: Legal framework in India - FEMA.Origin and objectives, Main provision of FEMA; Other relevant acts. InternationalTrade Terms: Trade contract and trade terms; Trade terms and need forstandardization; INCO terms. Export Payment Terms: Credit risk managementand payment terms; Main features of payment terms.Advance payment, openaccount, documentary collection, documentary credit- Documentary collection-DP and DA process and operation; Letter of credit and parties involved;Process of opening and advising LC, Types of LC; Process and operation;UCPDC.Major clauses; Consignment sale.

UNIT-III: Trade Finance: Sources and schemes of trade finance; Pre and post.shipmentexport credit schemes and methods of financing; Packing credit advancedetails; Post.shipment advance; Import financing. Transit Risk Management:Nature of transit risk; Contract of cargo insurance Parties involved - Insurer/assured, Indemnity and insurable value; Perils and losses; Insurance policyand certificate; Cargo loss claims - Procedure and documentation. Credit RiskManagement: Export credit insurance - Concept and importance; Role ofExport Credit Guarantee Corporation (ECGC); Covers issued by ECGC;Financial guarantees; Coverage of commercial and political risks- proceduresand documentary requirements.

UNIT-IV: Central Excise Clearance: Excise duty - Definition, rationale, stages oflevying and collection; Meaning of manufacturing; Type of duties; Legalframework - Central Excise Act and Rules, Central Excise Tariff Act;Valuation; Options of refund and movement in bond- Rules 12, 13 and 14Procedures and documentary requirements.

UNIT-V: Customs Clearance of Export and Import Cargo: Legal framework - CustomsAct 1962;. Customs Tariff Act 1975; Foreign Trade (Development andRegulations) Act 1992; Valuation and types of duties and HarmonizedSystem of Nomenclature; Documentation requirements and documentprocessing; Physical examination of goods; EDI and customs operations. DutyDrawback: Concept and rationale; Monitoring authority; Types and mechanismof rate fixation; Settlement of claims including under EDI; Procedure anddocumentation. Import Policy and Export Promotion: Duty exemption schemes;Import of capital goods; Export, trading star trading, super star trading housepolicy and procedures; EoU's/EPZs/SEZs schemes and procedures.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bhalla, V.K. and Ramu,S. (2001). Internationa l B usiness Environment and

Management, 5th ed. Anmol, Delhi.2. Desai, H.B. (1988).Indian Shipping Perspectives. Anupam Publications.Delhi.3. Government of India.(2012). Handbook of Import.Export Procedures.Government

of India,New Delhi.4. Paras, Ram,( 1995). Export What, Where and How. Anupam Pub, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-312

{63} {64}

Page 34: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENTDuration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to acquaint the students with thefinancial management problems of the multinational corporations and prepare them totackle these problems.UNIT-I: Introduction: Complexities and issues in financial decisions of a multinational

firm: Foreign investment decisions: Exchange rate movement and decisionto invest: Foreign direct investment theories and strategies: Green fieldinvestment vs. Acquisitions and mergers. International Capital Budgeting:Multinational considerations and calculation of cash flows; Adjusted presentvalue approach: Cost capital: Assessment and management of political risks.

UNIT-II: International Portfolio Management: Decision to invest in portfolio: InternationalCAPM; Identification of optimum portfolio.International Project Financing:Concepts, types techniques and key elements; Capital structure decision.

UNIT-III: International Working Capital Management: Cash management; Receivables andinventory management. Dividend Policy for Multinational Corporations.

UNIT-IV: Currency and Interest Rate Risk Management: Exposure and risk; Transaction,translation and real operating exposure; Exposure management contractualand natural hedging; interest rate risk assessment and management.

UNIT-V: International Accounting Foreign currency translation; Multinational transfer pricingand performance measurement; consolidated financial reporting internationalaccounting standards and practices. International Taxation: Key elements andissues; International tax environment; Bilateral treaties and tax heavens.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Apte P.G..( 1998) Multinational Financial Management, Tata.McGraw Hill, New Delhi.2. Baker J.C.( 2000). International Finance: Management, Markets and Institutions,

Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs,.Company, New Delhi.3. Eiteman, David K., Arthur Stonehill and Micheal H. (1998).Moffett, Multinational

Business Finance, Addison.Wesley Publishing Company,New Delhi.4. Eun, Cheol and Bruce Resnick. (1998 ) International Financial Management,

McGraw Hill, New York.5. Levi, Maurice.( 1996) International Finance, McGraw Hill Inc., New York.6. Madura, Jeff, International Financial Management.( 2000.) South Western

Publishing Company, Cincinnati.7. Rathore & Shirin.( 1994) International Accounting, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.

Ltd., New Delhi.8. Seth, A.K.(2000) International Financial management, Galgotia Publishing, New Delhi.9. Shapiro, Allen C.(2009) Multinational Financial Management, John Wiley & Sons,

New Delhi.10. 11.Sharan, V.( 2000.) International Financial Management, Prentice Hall of

India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)-313INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL SYSTEM AND MARKETS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following

syllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to provide students knowledge of internationalfinancial system, markets and operations, and also to acquaint them with the macroenvironment in which the international financial transactions are conducted.UNIT-I: Introduction to International Financial System: International Monetary System:

Features and requirements; System of exchanging currencies - FromBretton Woods system to free float and convertibility; Pegging of currencies-target zone arrangement; European monetary system; International liquidity.

UNIT-II: Foreign Exchange Markets and its Activities: Exchange rate quotations andpractices; Foreign exchange market activities; Arbitraging, hedging and speculation.

UNIT-III: Exchange Rate Determination: Exchange rate determination in spot andforward market - Interest rate parity (IRP), purchasing power parity, Fisher openequation Monetary and portfolio balance approaches; Short run demandand supply theory, BOP theory, and growth theory; Forecasting exchange rate.

UNIT-IV: International Financial Markets and Instruments: Changing scenario; Internationalcapital and money market instruments; International development banking;Euro-currency markets; International securities markets and instruments .Bondand notes market; equity market, GDR, ADR, EDR and IDR; Integration of financialmarkets and approach; Role of financial intermediaries; Financial swaps.

UNIT-V: International Debt Problem: Problem of debt servicing and developing countries(with special reference to India).

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Apte, P. G.( 1998). Multinational Financial Management, Tata.McGraw Hill, New Delhi.2. Baker, J.C.( 1998).International Finance: Management, Markets and Institutions.

Prentice Hall, NeDelhi.3. Eitemean, David K., Arthur Stone.hill and Michael H. Moffett, (1998). Multinational

Business Finance. Addison.Wesley Publishing Company, USA.4. Levi & Maurice ( 1996).International Finance, McGraw Hill Inc., New York.5. Seth, A.K.( 2000).International FinancialManagement, Galgotia Publishing

Company, New Delhi.6. Shapiro, Allen C. (1995). Multinational Financial Management, Prentice Hall

India Pvt Ltd., New Delhi.7. Sharan, V.( 2000) International Financial Management, Prentice Hall of India

Private Ltd. New Delhi.NOTE:The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)-314ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OB JECTIVE: The objective of this course is to expose the students to the growth ofentrepreneurship in deve loping countr ies with special reference to India.UNIT-I: Entrepreneurial traits, types and signif icance, Definitions, characteristics of

Entrepreneurial types, Qualities and functions of entrepreneurs, Role andimportance of entrepreneur in economic growth.

UNIT-II: Competing theor ies of entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial DevelopmentProgramme in India - History, Support, Objective, stage of performances,Planning and EDP - Objectives Target group, selection of centre, pre.trainingwork.

UNIT-III: Govt. Policy towards SSI's, Entrepreneurial Input, Entrepreneurial Behavioursand entrepreneurial motivation, N.Achievement and management success.

{65} {66}

Page 35: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

UNIT-IV: Entrepreneurs success in rural area, Innovation end entrepreneur, EstablishingEntrepreneurs System, Search for business idea, sources of ideas, ideaprocessing, input requirements.

UNIT-V: Sources and criteria of financing, fixed and working capital assessment,Technical assistance, marketing assistance, sickness of units and remedialassistance, Preparation of feasibility reports and legal forma lities anddocumentation.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Cliffton, Davis, S. and Fyfie , David, E. (1977).Project Feasibility Analys is.John

Wiley, New York.2. Desai. A .N(1990). Entrepreneur & Environment. New Delhi.3. Drucker, F., Peter (1985). Innovation and Entrepreneurship. Heinemann, London.4. Jain, Rajiv(1984). Planning a Small Scale Industry. A Guide to Entrepreneurs.

S.S. Books, New Delhi.5. Kumar, S .A. (1990). Entrepreneurship in Small Industry. Discovery, New Delhi.6. McClelland, D. C. and Winter.(1969). Motivating Economic Achievement, Free

Press, New York..7. Udai, Pareek and Rao, Venkateswara (1978). Developing Entrepreneurship - A

Handbook on Learning Systems. Learning Systems, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA (BE)-315SMALL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to expose the students about the growth ofSSI's and how it's managed in India.UNIT-I: Definition of Small Business, Steps for Starting Small Business, Small Business in

Indian Envir onment . Economic, Social, Political, Cultural and Legal, Policies Governingsmall Scale units , Industrial Policies and Strategies Relating to Small Scale Sector.

UNIT-II: Technological Know. how and Appropr iate Technology, Quality Circles andProductivity, Linkage between Small and B ig Bus iness.

UNIT-III: Special Problems in Management of Small Bus iness.Finance, Marketing,Production and Personnel, Sickness in the Small Sector, Reasons and Remedies.

UNIT-IV: Modernization of Small and Villa ge Industr ies, Training Programs and ConsultancyServices, Incentives and Subs idies.

UNIT-V: Exploring Export Possibilities, Institutions Assisting Export Promotion of SmallBusiness in India, Export Promotion Councils, Global Prospective of Small Businessin Selected Countries.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Abrahamjon & Royce. L & Pickle (1990), Small Business Management. John

Wiley, New York.2. Batra, G. S. (2002). Development of Entrepreneurship. Deep & Deep Publications,

New Delhi.3. Desai Vasant (2004). Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management.

Himalayan Publishing House, New Delhi.4. Desai Vasant (1995). Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship. Himalayan

Publishing House, New Delhi.5. Gupta, C. B., Srinivasan, N. P.(2000). Entrepreneurial Development. Sultanchand

& Sons., New Delhi.6. Papola, T. S. (1982). Rural Industrialization Approaches and Potentials. Himalayan

Publishing House, New Delhi.

7. Vepa, Ram, N. (1983). How to Success in Small Industries. Vikas Publication,New Delhi.

NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA (BE)-316NEW ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to expose the students to the managerialaspects of new enterprise and to help them to understand the working of these enterprisesand measure, evaluate their performance and efficiency.UNIT-I: Entrepreneurship and its role in economic development, Problems of industr

ialization in Underdeveloped countries with special reference to India.UNIT-II: Industrial policy, Regulation and control of Industries in India, Mechanics of

setting of new enterprises - size and location, optimum units - its meaning anddeterminants, size of industr ial units of India.

UNIT-III: Theory of industr ial location factors determining the industrial location, Regionaldistr ibution of industr ial activity in India.

UNIT-IV: Recent trends in the localisation of industria l activity in India: Regiona l planningof industr ia l activity in India, Feasibility studies : Technical, Marketing and financia l, Manageria l problems of New Enterprise, Production Purchasing.

UNIT-V: Financing labour and marketing problems, Facilities provided by differentInstitutions and Agencies in India, financ ing facilities for new enterprises,marketing and other facilities.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Drucker, Peter(2012). Innovation and Entrepreneurship. East - Elsevier, USA.2. Gupta, C. B. and Srinivasan (1997).Entrepreneurial Development in India. Sultan

Chand. New Delhi.3. Hisrich, Robert, D., Petors, Micheal, P.( 2010).Entrepreneurship.TMH, New Delhi.4. Holt, David. H., Englewood Cliffs(1992.). Entrepreneurship - New Venture

Creation. Prentice Hall Inc.New Jersey.5. McClelland, D. C. and Winter, D. G.( 1969).Motivating Economic Achievement.Free

Press, New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(B E)-317MARKETING OF SERVICES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The main objective of the course is to help students to learn the variousconcepts, motivational techniques and polices of marketing of services.UNIT- I: Marketing of services: Concept & Issues, Conceptual Framework.Reasons,

Characteristics, Type & Marketing Implication, Significance of Service Marketing,MIS in Service Marketing, Service Classification, Services Encounters andConsumer Satisfaction, Trends in Services Marketing.

UNIT-II: Designing Services Strategy: Service Mission and Market Segmentation, Elements

{67} {68}

Page 36: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

of Service, Marketing Mix, Designing, Service Market Plan, Service Design,Branding of Services; Distributing Services-Context and Options; PhysicalEvidence of a Service.

UNIT-III: Marketing of Financial Services: Marketing of Banking Services, Classificationof Customers, Insurance Marketing, Event Management.

UNIT-IV: Marketing of Health Services: Health Services in India, Hospital Marketing, ITES,Implementing Service Marketing.Service Quality Measurement and Improvement ofService Quality; Consumer Complaint Behavior; Consumer Response to EffectiveService Recovery; Principles of Service Recovery; CRM in Services.

UNIT-V: Marketing of Selected Services: Professional Service Marketing, Marketing ofPublic Utilities. Marketing of Educational Service, Formulation of Marketing Mix inHotel Industry. Hotel Level Services & Tourism Services, Pricing DecisionsProduction, Consultancy Marketing. Marketing Segmentation in ConsultancyMarketing, Contemporary Issues in Services Marketing.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. A. Payne,( 1995.). The Essence of Services Marketing, PHI, New Delhi.2. Cowell ,D.W. (1994)The Marketing of Services,Heinemann, London.3. Helen Woodroff(1995). Service Marketing.Macmillan,New Delhi.4. Harsh Verma(2012). Marketing of Services. PHI, New Delhi.5. S.C. Sahoo,(1994).Services Marketing Text & Reading, Himalaya Publishing,

Mumbai.6. S.M. Jha (1994).Services Marketing.Himalaya Publishing, Mumbai.7. Wagen(2005). Event Management,Pearson Education,New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA (BE)-318RETAILING MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The basic objective of this course is to examine the concept of a strategicapproach and a retail strategy in a complex, changing envir onment.UNIT-I: An introduction to retailing, building and sustaining relationship in retailing,

Strategic planning in retailing.UNIT-II: Retail institution by ownership, Forms of retailing, identif ying and understanding

customers, Information gathering and processing in retailing.UNIT-III: Choos ing a store location, s ite selection.UNIT-IV: Managing a retail bus iness, operation management-financ ial, operationa l,

dimension.UNIT-V: Developing and implementing merchandise plans, Pricing in retailing,

communicating with customer, Integrating and controlling the retail strategy.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Berman,B. & Evans,R J.(2006). Retail Management, , Prentice Hall of India. New Delhi.2. Nair, S.(2006). Retail Management, Himalaya Publication House., New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

{69}

MBA (BE)-319EVENT MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to understand, plan, or ganize andsuccessfully implement the event management industry, where their organizationa l skillsand attention to detail along with their creativity can be fully utilized.UNIT-I: Introduction to event management, concept & design, feasibility, lega l compliance.UNIT-II: Marketing, promotion, f inanc ial management & risk management.UNIT-III: Protocol, Staging & Staffing.UNIT-IV: Leadership, operation &logistics, safety & security.UNIT-V: Crowd management & Evacuation, monitoring, control and Evaluation.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Denvy, D. (2001).Organizing Special Events and Conference. Pineapple Press,

Sarasota, Florida.2. Getz.D, (1993).Event Management and Event Tourism. Cognizant communication

corporation, New York.3. Wagen & Carlos, (2005). Event Management- Pearson Education, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-320INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to acquaint the students with the conceptsand practices of Industrial Relations.UNIT-I: Industrial Relations, Meaning, Objectives, Scope, Conditions for Good Industrial

Relations, Causes of Poor Industrial Relations, Effects of Poor IR, Suggestionsto Improve Industrial Relations, IR in India, IR in Public Sector. Evolution of IndustrialSystem, Essentials of Modern Industrial System, Impact of Industrial System.

UNIT-II: Industrial Dispute: Forms of Dispute, Causes of Disputes, Methods of Preventionand settlement of Industrial Disputes.

UNIT-III: Trade Unionism, Nature, Objectives and Functions, Growth and Development ofthe Trade Union Movement in India, Problems of Trade Unions, Rights of theRecognized Trade Unions, Essentials for Success of a Trade Union.

UNIT-IV: Collective Bargaining, Structure of Collective Bargaining, Benefits of CollectiveBargaining, Conditions for Successful Collective Bargaining, Collective Bargainingin India, Worker's participation in Management.

UNIT-V: Absenteeism, Labour Turnover, Grievance Management.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Dwivedi, R.S. (2002). Industrial Relations in Indian Enterprises.Galgotia Publishing

Company, New Delhi.2. Lal Das, D.K. (2003). Industrial Relations in India.S. Chand & Co,New Delhi.3. Monappa, A. (1990). Industrial Relations. McGraw.Hill,New Delhi.4. Mammoria, C.B., & Mammoria, S. (1997). Dynamics of I.R. in India, New. Himalaya

Publishing Co. Ltd, New Delhi.

{70}

Page 37: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

5. Sinha, P.R.N., Sinha, I.B., & Shekhar, S.M. (2009). Industrial Relations, TradeUnions, and Labour Legislation, New Delhi: Pearson Education.

6. Sen, R. (2003). Industrial Relations in India: Shifting Paradigms, MacmillanPublishers Inida.

7. Sarma, A.M. (2005). Industrial Relations: Conceptual and Legal Framework,Himalaya Publishing House.

8. Tripathi, P.C. (2010). Personnel Management and Industrial Relations, 20th Ed.JainBook Depot,New Delhi.

NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-321NEGOTIATION & COUNSELLING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE:UNIT-I: Negotiation: Nature, Characteristics, Strategy and Tactics of Distributive Bargaining,

Strategy and Tactics of Integrative Negotiation; Strategy and Planning for Negotiation.UNIT-II: Negotiation Sub processes: Perception, Cognition and Emotion Communication:

What is communicated during negotiation and how people communicate inNegotiation. Best Practices in Negotiation - Fundamental Structure of negotiationand BATNA.

UNIT-III: International and Cross Cultural Negotiation: Context and Concept, Influence ofCulture on Negotiation.

UNIT-IV: Emergence & Growth of Counselling: Factors contributing to the emergence,Approaches to Counselling: Behaviouristic, Humanistic Approaches and RogersSelf Theory

UNIT-V: Counselling Process : Steps in Counselling Process. Modern Trends in Counselling-Trends, Role of a Counsellor and Model of Conselling.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Lewicki, Saunders & Barry (2010) . Netgotiation.Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.2. Cohen S (2002)- Negotiation Skills for Managers.Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.3. Rao S.L. (2009)- Negotiation Made Simple.Excel Books., New Delhi.4. Rao S N.(2002 )- Counseling and Guidance .Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.5. Singh, Kavita (2007)- Counselling Skills for Managers .PHI, New Delhi.6. Welfel, Patternson (2004)The Counselling Process, A Multi theoretical Integrative

Approach. Thomson India, New Delhi.7. Pareek, Udai(2003) -Understanding Organisational Behaviour. Oxford, USA.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-322INDUSTRIAL LAW

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following sylla-bus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To impact knowledge of the contents of Laws relating to Industrial relationsof Labour Welfare and to enable the student to intercept and apply these laws.UNITI: Factories Act 1948. Payment of Bonus Act 1965.

UNIT-II: Employee state Insurance Act 1948. Payment of Gratuity Act 1972.UNIT-III: Trade Union Act 1926, Minimum Wages Act 1948, Contract Labour Act (Regulation

and Abolition) 1970.UNIT-IV: Employees Provident Fund & Miscellaneous Act 1952, Maternity Benefits Act

1961, Payment of Wages Act 1936.UNIT-V: Workmen's compensation Act 1923, Industrial dispute Act 1947.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Cihon, P.J., & Castagnera, J.O. (2011). Employement and Labour Law. South-

Western Conage Learning,U.S.A.2. Servais, J. M. (2011). International Labour Law. Kluwer law International. Netherland3. Blanpain, R., & Baker, J. (2010). Comparative labour law & Industrial relation in

Industialised Market. Kluwer law International Netherland.4. Hepple, B. (2005). Labour Law & Global Trade. Hart Publishing Company, Portland.5. Davis, AC.L (2004). Perspective on labour Law. Cambridge Press, U.K.6. Blanpain, R.(2001). Labour law Human Rights & social Justice. Kluwer law

International, Netherland.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-323MANAGEMENT OF BANKS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to appraise the students with the bankinglaw and practices and develop an understanding of various laws affecting banks.UNIT-I: Evolution of banking law, Main provisions of The Banking Regulation Act 1949, The

RBI Act 1934, The Negotiable Instruments Act 1880, Capital Adequacy in Banks.UNIT-II: Cheques- Requisite of cheque, crossing and endorsement, Refusal of cheque

payment by Bank, Protection to a paying Banker, The collecting Banker- Dutiesand legal Protection.

UNIT-III: Securities for Bank Advances: Forms of securities and precautions taken byBanks in accepting these securities.

UNIT-IV: Guarantees- Contract of Guarantee and contract of indemnity, Guarantee asBanker's Security, Legal decisions relating to Guarantees, Law relating to Letterof credit, Parties to a Letter of credit, Types of Letter of credit, writing reports onBank visits and prevailing practices in Banking- Case studies.

UNIT-V: Banker Customer Relationship- Special customers including lunatics, Un-dischargedBankrupts Agents, Executors and Administrators, Partnerships, Joint Stockcompanies and Trusts, Contemporary issues in Bank Management -An overview.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Ghosh, A. (2012).Managing Risk in Commercial retail Banking.Wiley, New Delhi.2. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance (IIBF). (2010). Bank Financial Management.

Macmillan, New Delhi.3. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance (IIBF). (2010).Principles & Practices of

Banking.Macmillan, New Delhi.4. Koch, T. W. & Scott S. (2009), Bank Management.Cengage Learning, USA.5. Ruozi, R., & Ferrari, P. (2013), Liquidity Risk Management in Bank Economic &

Regulatory Issues, London: Springer. Heidelberg Newyork.6. Rose P.S. & Hudgins P.S. (2005), Banking Management & Financial Services.Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

{71} {72}

Page 38: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

7. Suresh, P., & Paul, J. (2011). Management of Banking & Financial Services.Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

8. Varshney P.N. (2001), Banking Law & Practice.Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-324CORPORATE TAX PLANNING & MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to apprise the students with the conceptsand practices of corporate tax planning & management.UNIT-I: Basic concepts of Income tax act and New Direct Tax Code 2009, Relief, Tax

avoidance and Tax evasion, Significance and Problem of tax planning, Recognizedmethods of Tax Planning.

UNIT-II: Residential Status and its implications for Tax Planning, Assessment Proceduresunder Salaries.

UNIT-III: House Property, Profits and Gains of Business or Profession, Capital Gains andincome from other Sources. E.filing: Compulsory filing of return based on economiccriterion, Forms of return, Procedure of e.filing.

UNTI-IV: Corporate Tax Planning, Tax Planning for new business, Choice of nature andtypes of business location, Tax Planning for financial structure, amalgamationand restructuring, Implication of avoidance of Double Taxation Agreement.

UNIT-V: Wealth tax - Ascertainment of Aggregate value of assets, Valuation of assets ofvarious kinds, Assessment of liabilities and wealth tax.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Ahuja, G., & Gupta, R., (2013). Simplified Approach to Corporate Tax Planning

and Management. Bharat Book Depot,New Delhi.2. Aggarwal, K. K. (2007).Corporate Tax Planning.Atlantic Publishers &

Distributors,New Delhi.3. Lakhotia, R.N., & Lakhotia, S., (2012). How to Save Income Tax through Tax

Planning,.Vision Books India Ltd,New Delhi.4. Rajaratnam, S., & Venkataramaiah, B.V., (2012). Tax Planning: Issues, Ideas,

Innovations.Bharat Book Publishing House,New Delhi.5. Singhania, M., (2012). Corporate Tax and Dividend Policy. Jain Book Depot, New Delhi6. Singhania, V., & Singhania, M., (2009). Corporate Tax Planning and Business

Tax Procedures.Taxmanns Publications, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)- 325INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL ENGINEERING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to apprise the students with the concepts andpractices of Investment Management.UNIT-I: Introduction - Securities Market, Mobilization of Savings, Objectives of Investors,

Investment Avenues, Investment Media, Features of an Investment Programme.

UNIT-II: Development of Financial System in India, Structure of Financial Markets, FinancialInstitutions, New Developments in the Financial System.

UNIT-III: Government Securities. Types, Life Insurance, Kinds of Policies, Procedure fortaking a policy, Investment in Units, Different Unit Schemes, Tax Benefits, ProvidentFunds, National Saving Schemes-Post Office Savings and other AlternativeForms of Investment.

UNIT-IV: Stock Markets in India, Role of New Issues Market, Mechanics of Security Tradingin Stock Exchanges, Kinds of Trading Activity, Listing of Securities, Legal Controlof Stock Exchange in India.

UNIT-V: Derivatives and Latest trading practices, Forward contracts, future contracts,options and other derivatives, future market and use of futures for hedging,interest rate futures, SWAPS, Black Scholes Analysis.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Avadhani, V.A.(1992).Investment & Securities Market in India: Investment

Management.Himalayan Publication; New Delhi,2. Beder, S. T, & Marshall, M.C. (2011),.Financial Engineering: The Evolution of

Profession.John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey.3. Bhalla, V.K. (2008).Investment Management.S. Chand Publication,New Delhi.4. Kaptan, S.S. (2001).Investment Management.Sarup & Sons, New Delhi.5. Litterman, B. (2004),.Modern Investment Management: A Equilibrium Approach.

John Wiley & Sons,New Jersey.6. Maheshwari, Y. (2008).Investment Management. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.7. Neftci, N. S. (2008).Principles of Financial Engineering.Academic Press, United States.8. Ruppert, D. (2011).Statistic & Data Analysis for financial Engineering. Springer;

New York.9. Vishwanathan, R. & Krishnamurthy, C. (2009).Investment Management: A Modern

Guide to Security Analysis and Stock Selection. Springer,New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)-402INSURANCE LAW AND REGULATION

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To introduce the student with insurance laws and regulations. To makethem understand the controlling authorities existing in insurance industry.UNIT-I: Definition and sources of Law - Judicial set up in India - Insurance as a contract

-Legal principles: Principle of indemnity, Insurable interest, Subrogation, andUtmost good faith History of Insurance Legislation in India - Life InsuranceCorporation Act 1956 - General Insurance Business Nationalization Act 1973.

UNIT - II: Current Legal Environment - Insurance Act 1938 (amended) & InsuranceRegulatory & Development Act- An Overview - Insurance Sector Reforms - TheInsurance Regulatory Development Authority (IRDA) Act, 1999 - IRDA (Investment)Regulations 2000 - IRDA Guidelines for Insurance Brokers Securities andExchange Board of India (SEBI) Act, 1992 - SEBI Guidelines.

UNIT - III: Insurance Intermediaries - Regulations issued by IRDA for Insurance Agents &Brokers - Agency Contract - License to act as insurance agent - Authority of alife Insurance Agent rights and responsibilities agent's compensation andhereditary commission termination of agency - nomination facility - Licensing ofInsurance Brokers - Role & Responsibilities of Insurance Brokers.

UNIT-IV: Legal Aspects of Life Assurance - Mortgage of Life Policies - Different kinds of

{73} {74}

Page 39: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Proofs of Death - Various forms of Evidence of Testate - and Intestate Succession-Presumption of Death - Indemnity & Guarantee - Attachments and ProhibitoryOrders - Provisions of Limitation Act as applicable to Insurance Contracts.

UNIT - V: Exchange Control Regulations as applicable to General Insurance - IRDADirections for protections of policy holders - Consumer Protection Act 1986 -Arbitration & conciliation Act -1996 vigilance set up Insurance Ombudsman.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. IC 24 (2012).Legal Aspects of Life Assurance .Indian Institute of Insurance.2. Mishra, K.C. and Bakshi ,M.(2000).Legal and Regulatory Aspects of Insurance.

CENGAGE learning, Delhi.3. Srinivasan, M. N.(2000).'Principles Of Insurance Law (Life - Fire - Marine - Motor

And Accident)'.4. Murthy, KSN., & Sharma ,KVS.(2005). Modern Law Of Insurance.5. Vijayaraghavan,NC. & Pradeep. (2002). General Insurance Claims through

arbitration.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)-403ENGINEERING & LIABILITY INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide the conceptual understanding of Engineering and liabilityinsurance.To familiarize the student with claims procedures and related regulations.UNIT-I: Liability Insurance- Introduction- Historical Background- Basic Principles of

Insurance- Insurable Interest- Indemnity- Utmost Good Faith- Scope of LiabilityInsurance- Special Features of Liability Insurance.

UNIT-II: Legal Background- Introduction- Employer's Liability for Negligence of Employees-Principal's Liability for Negligence of Contractors- The Law of Strict Liability- TheLaw of Absolute Liability- Director's & Officer's Personal Liability- StatutoryLiability- The Consumer Protection Act, 1986.

UNIT-III: Compulsory Public Liability Insurance Act,1991- No Fault Liability- Compulsory Insurance-Claims Procedure- Operative Clause- Exclusions- Conditions- Product LiabilityInsurance- Legal Background- Risk Assessment Report- Rating- Premium Computation-Employer's Liability Insurance- Introduction- The Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923-Employer Liability for Compensation - Methods of Reinsurance.

UNIT-IV: Origin & History of Engineering Insurance - Special features of EngineeringInsurance - Project Insurance - Construction phase - Policies - Contractors allrisk insurance - Storage cum erection insurance - contract work insurance -contractors plant & Machinery insurance.

UNIT-V: Operational Phase Or annual policies - Machinery insurance - Electronic equipment- Boiler and Pleasure plant insurance - Civil engineering completed Risk - Machineryloss of profits insurance - Advance laws of Profit insurance - Detoriation ofstock insurance - General aspect of engineering insurance - Industrial risks.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. IC-79.(2012). Engineering and Liability Insurance .Insurance Institute of India,

Mumbai.2. IC-74 .(2012). Liability Insurance .Insurance Institute of India, Mumbai.3. IC-77.(2012). Engineering Insurance .Insurance Institute of India, Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BE)-404INDIA'S FOREIGN TRADE POLICY

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To acquaint the students with recent trends in India's foreign trade,management and policy related issues in foreign trade in the global context.UNIT-I: India's Foreign Trade: India's Foreign Trade in the Global Context, Structure and

Equilibrium of India's Balance of Payments, Recent Trends in India's foreigntrade, Directional Pattern.

UNIT-II: Major export commodities: Thrust area commodities their trends problems andprospects, Major competitors, Major Import Commodity Groups, Trade Control in India.

UNIT-III: Foreign Trade Regulations: Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act,Import and Export Control Orders, Import and Export Licensing System, ExchangeControl in India, Blanket Permit System, Import Substitution and Export PromotionPolicies, Export Incentives: Financial and Fiscal, Deferred Payment System andthe Role of EXIM Bank of India.

UNIT-IV: Export Credit & Promotion: Export Credit Insurance, Infrastructure support forExport Promotion, Export promotion Councils, Commodity Boards/Product ExportDevelopment Authorities, Specific Service Institutions.

UNIT-V: Role of State Trading Organizations: Role of State Trading Organizations in ForeignTrade, Export Processing Zones, Export Oriented Units and Export and TradingHouse Schemes, Multilateralism and Bilateralism in India's International Business.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bhalla, V.K. (2010)., International Business Environment and Management 12th

ed. Anmol publication, New Delhi,2. Bhashyam, S., (1998). Export Promotion in India: The Institutional

Infrastructure.Commonwealth Pub.,NewDelhi,3. Government of India.(2012).Foreign Trade Policy & Handbook of

Procedures.Government of India.4. Khanna, Sri, Ram(1986). Export Marketing in India's New Manufactures.University

of Delhi, New Delhi.5. Jain, S.K., (1988).Export Performance and Export Marketing Strategies.Common

wealth Pub.,New Delhi,6. Nayyar Deepak (1960).India's Export and Export Policies in the 1960s,. Cambridge

University press,USA.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)- 405RURAL MARKETING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of the course is to familiarize the participants with conceptualunderstanding of Rural Marketing practices in Indian context.UNIT-I: Concept & Scope, Attractiveness & Challenges of Rural Markets, Rural vs.

Urban Markets,Rural Marketing Environment.Rural Market in India, Size and Scope,Environment and Emerging Profile of Rural Markets in India Rural ConsumerBehavior.Rural Consumers Dimensions. Buying Decision Process, Marketing Mixfor Rural Marketing,

{75} {76}

Page 40: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

UNIT-II: Research approach, Rural Marketing Information System, Diffusion of InnovationRural Marketing Strategies: Rural Market Segmentation.Basis and Strategies,Positioning Strategies for Rural Market.

UNIT-III: Product Planning & Strategies for Rural Markets, New Product Development:Consumer Adoption Process, Product Mix. Pricing Strategies for Rural Markets.Pricing Polices, Innovation in Pricing of the Products.

UNIT-IV: Challenges in Rural Communication, Advertising and Sales Promotion for RuralMarkets, Setting Communication Objectives, Rural Media: Media Innovation,Branding in Rural India, Brand Loyalty Vs Stickiness, Fake Brands

UNIT V: Issues in Rural Distribution Channels, Tapping the Rural Markets, Rural DistributionStrategies, Rural Retailing, Haats/Shandies, Vans & Mobile Stores, Innovation inRural Distribution System.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Kashyap, P. & Raut.S(2003). Rural Marketing.Biztantra, New Delhi.2. Swamy,T.P. Gopal. (1997).Rural Marketing.Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.3. Dogra.B & Ghuman.K. (2007). Rural Marketing. TMH, New Delhi.4. Velayudhan, S. K. (2007). Rural Marketing. SAGE Publication, New Delhi.5. Mathur, U.C. (1994). Rural Marketing.Excel Books,New Delhi.6. Krishnamacharyulu, C.G. & Ramakrishnan, L(2011).: Rural Marketing text and

cases. Pearson Education, New Delhi.7. Rahman, Habeeb .Ur.(2011).: Rural Marketing. HPH,New Delhi.8. Singh, Sukhpal .(1997). Rural Marketing. Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.9. Minouti, Kamat&. Krishnamoorthy. R.(2013). Co.operatives & Rural Markets.HPH,

New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BE)-406GLOBAL HRM SCENARIO & PRACTICES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of the subject is to make students aware of global HRM practices.UNIT-I: Introduction - Introduction, objectives an scope of international HRM, cultural

and reality shock, Poole's adaptation of Harvard Model.UNIT-II: Cultural Literacy and HR Information System in Global Business - Cultural

awareness: essentials, advantages, cultural skills for co-operative advantages,HR information system: Concept, limitations and Uses.

UNIT-III: Business Management of Global Companies - Characteristics of global companies,Difference between domestic and global companies, H.R. strategy planning forglobal organizations, HRM approaches in global companies.

UNIT-IV: The American Approach To HRM - Scientific Management, Behavioral andhumanistic psychology, organic theories of management, the practice of HRM inAmerican organizations, encouragement of union avoidance, transformingunionized industrial relations

UNIT-V: International Compensation - Principles of International Compensation, Methodsand practices of International Compensation, International Compensation andemployee satisfaction, case study.

SUGGESTED READINGS:

1. Strategic Human Resource Management by RANDALL S. SCHULER and SUSANE JACKSON Publisher: Blackwell Publishing,

2. Human Resource Champions by Dave Ulrich, Publisher: Harvard Business SchoolPress.

3. International Human Resource Management by Randall Schuler & Dennis Briscoe,(Routledge Global Human Resource Management Series

4. International Human Resource Management by Monir Tayeb, Publisher: OxfordUniversity Press.

5. Corporate HRD by Biswajeet Pattanayak, Publisher: Excel Books.

MBA (BE)-407WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External.70, Internal.30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each UNIT - Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions t aking one question from each UNIT -The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to appraise the student with working capital.UNIT I: Introduction to Working Capital: Nature, Scope and Definition of Working Capital,

Working Capital Cycle, Assessment and Computation of Working CapitalRequirement, Overview of Working Capital Management.

UNIT II: Management of Cash and Marketable Securities, Cash Budget, Flexible budget,Marketable Securities: Concept, types, reasons for holding marketable securities,Cash Management Practices in India.

UNIT III: Management of Receivables: Receivables: Nature & cost of maintainingreceivables, objectives of receivables management, factors affecting size ofreceivables, policies for managing accounts receivables.

UNIT IV: Inventory: Need for monitoring & control of inventories, objectives of inventorymanagement, Benefits of holding inventory, risks and costs associated withinventories, Inventory Management: Minimizing cost in inventory, Techniques ofInventory Management . Classification, order quantity, order point etc.

UNIT V: Working Capital Financing: Need and objectives of financing of working capital,short term credit, mechanism and cost.benefit analysis of alternative strategies forfinancing working capital : Pattern and sources of Working Capital Financing in India.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Prere, L. (2010).Working Capital Management.Oxford University Press, USA.2. Bhattacharya H. (2006).Working Capital Management; Strategies & Techniques.

Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.3. Vijaykumar, A. (2006).Working Capital Management.Northen Book Centre, New Delhi.4. Jain , N. K. (2004).Working Capital Management.Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will be

announced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINIST RAT ION (BUSINESS FINANCE)COURSE STRUCTURE

FIRST YEARFIRST SEMESTERMBA(BF) -101 Vedic ManagementMBA(BF) -102 Quantitative MethodsMBA(BF) -103 Managerial EconomicsMBA(BF) -104 AuditingMBA(BF) -105 Soft Skills DevelopmentMBA(BF) -106 Management Process & Organisational Behaviour

{77} {78}

Page 41: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

MBA(BF) -107 Financial AccountingMBA(BF) -108 Computer Applications in ManagementSECOND SEMESTERMBA(BF) - 201 Management AccountingMBA(BF) - 202 Management ScienceMBA(BF) - 203 Risk Management & InsuranceMBA(BF) - 204 Financial ManagementMBA(BF) - 205 Marketing ManagementMBA(BF) - 206 Cost AccountingMBA(BF) - 207 Research MethodologyMBA(BF) - 208 Business EnvironmentSUMMER PROJECT: The student will go for Summer Training in an approved organizationfor s ix to eight weeks after the completion of second semester & submit the Project Reportby 30th August duly signed by the External Supervisor as well as Internal Supervisor. A latefee of Rs. 1000/ will be paid by the student, if he/she fails to submit the report thereafter. Theproject will be evaluated jointly by the External Examiner and the Internal Supervisor.

SECOND YEARNOTE: During Second year (Third Semester) the student shall choose in addition to corepapers, six optional papers out of two specializations (selecting two blocks of thespecialization) in third semester. To run any specialization given below , a minimumof 8 students are required.CORE PAPERS:MBA (B F) - 301 Summer ProjectMBA (B F) - 302 Project ManagementMBA (B F) - 303 Corporate Tax Planning & ManagementMBA(B F) - 304 Corporate StrategiesOPTIONALS:AREA 1- LIFE INSURANCEMBA (BF) - 305 Practice of Life InsuranceMBA (BF) - 306 Modern Applications of Life InsuranceMBA (BF) - 307 Actuarial Science & PracticesAREA 2- GENERAL INSURANCEMBA (BF) - 308 Practice of General InsuranceMBA (BF) - 309 Fire & Marine InsuranceMBA (BF) - 310 Motor & Miscellaneous Accident InsuranceAREA 3 - INVESTMENTMBA (BF) - 311 Quantitative Analysis for Financial DecisionsMBA (BF) - 312 Investment Management and Financial EngineeringMBA (BF) - 313 Financial System & Financial ServicesAREA 4- B ANKING AND FINANCEMBA (BF) - 314 Management of BanksMBA (BF) - 315 Corporate FinanceMBA (BF) - 316 Cash ManagementAREA 5- MARKETINGMBA (BF) - 317 Marketing of ServicesMBA (BF) - 318 E-Commerce and E-GovernanceMBA (BF) - 319 Competitive Marketing

FOURTH SEMESTERMBA (BF)- 401 DissertationNOTE: The same specialization shall be opted by the students as they have opted in thirdsemester.The dissertation shall be submitted by 30th April. A late fee of Rs. 1000/ will be paid by the

student, if he/she fails to submit the report thereafter. A committee will approve the subject/topic of Dissertation, after the scrutiny and personal interview.OPTIONALS:AREA 1- LIFE INSURANCEMBA (BF) - 402 Insurance Law & RegulationAREA 2- GENERAL INSURANCEMBA (BF) - 403 Engineering and Liability InsuranceAREA 3 - INVESTMENTMBA (BF) - 404 Working Capital ManagementAREA 4- B ANKING AND FINANCEMBA (BF) - 405 Financial Markets And InstitutionsAREA 5- MARKETINGMBA (BF) - 406 International Marketing ManagementEVALUATION: Each paper except Dissertation will carry 100 Marks of which 30 Marksshall be reserved for the internal assessment based on Written test (20 marks), Classparticipation (05 marks), Presentation/assignment (05 marks).The remaining 70 Marks in each paper shall be awarded on the basis of a writtenexamination at the end of each semester.lllll Major specialization will be the one in which the student is opting for

dissert ation and the other specialization will be treated as minor .lllll A candidate will only be allowed to appear in the examination and

internal assessment (Written test of 20 marks), if he/she has secured75% attendance in the course during the said period.

EVALUATION OF DISSERTATION:(a) The marks shall be awarded jointly by the External and Internal Examiners, after viva-voce examination.The distribution of marks shall be as follows:

Dissertation : 80 MarksViva-Voce : 60 Marks*Internal : 60 Marks

Total : 200 Marks

*(b) The supervisor will make periodic assessment of the candidates' work and award themarks. This may be based on viva-voce and presentation.

MBA (BF)-101VEDIC MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The basic purpose of this course is to develop an insight of ancient Indiantradition of vedic management.UNIT-I: Introduction to Vedas, Manu Smriti: Code of ideal human conduct, Management

Practices from Kautilya's Arthashastra.UNIT-II: Purusarthas (Absolute Attainments), The Role of a Manager, Leadership: an

Indian vision - Qualities of a leader, Lessons taught by Indian Scriptures.UNIT-III: Self-management, Management of Men and Motivation-as viewed in Vedic

Philosophy, Managerial and Corporate Excellence.UNIT-IV: Business Ethics, Managing Ethics, Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for

Management, Value-Oriented Holistic Management,UNIT-V: Theory of Karma Siddhanta, Gita and the Art of Successful Management,

Individual Discipline, Family and Social Discipline, National Discipline.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Chakravarty, A. E. (2001). The Geeta And The Art Of Successful Management

{79} {80}

Page 42: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Harper Collins Publishers India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.2. Dave, N. V.( 2003). Vedanta and Management. Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.

Ltd.New Delhi.3. Dwivedi, R.S. (2000). Corporate Excellence (The Eternal Quest). Macmillan India

Limited. New Delhi4. Ganeshdas, A. S. (1996). Dharma Ratnam. Roop Nagar. Sadhubela Foundation. Delhi.5. Murthy, C.S.V. (2006). Business Ethics (Text and Cases). Himalaya Publishing

House. New Delhi.6. Ranganathananda, Swami.(2000). Human Values in Management ( 3rd ed.).

Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan. Mumbai.7. Sharma, R. N. (1998). Manusmriti. Chaukhamba Sanskrit Pratishthan,Delhi.8. Sherlekar, S. A. (1998). Ethics in Management. Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.9. Vaidya, C.V.(2005). History of Sanskrit Literature. Parimal Publications.Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teacher from time to time.

MBA (BF)-102QUANTITATIVE METHODS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to make the students familiar with some basicstatistical tools and linear programming technique. The main focus however is on theirapplications in business decision-making.UNIT-I: Mathematical basis of Managerial Decision-Concepts, Matrices, Frequency

Distribution and their Analysis.UNIT- II: Probability Theory and Probability Distributions-Binomial, Poisson, Normal & Exponential.UNIT- III: Correlation and Regression Analysis, Test of Hypothesis -t, Z and chi square

tests, Analysis of Variance.UNIT- IV: Time Series Analysis & Forecasting.UNIT- V: Linear Programming-Basic Concepts Formulation, Graphical and Simplex Methods,

Introduction to some Basic Linear Programming Packages.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Anderson, D.R., Sweeney, D.J., Williams, T.A., Camm, J.D., Cochran, J.J., Fry,

M.J., & Ohlmann, J.W., (2013). Quantitative Methods for Business. CencageLearning.New Delhi.

2. Beri,G.C.(2005). Business Statistics.Tata McGraw Hill.New Delhi.3. Brandimarte, P., (2012). Quantitative Methods: An Introduction for Business

Management. John Wiley & Sons,USA.4. Curwin, J., & Slater, R., (2008). Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions.

Thomson Learning,New Delhi.5. Dewhurst, F. (2006). Quantitative Methods for Business and Management.

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.6. Curwin, J., & Slater, R., (2004). Quantitative Methods: A Short Course. Thomson

Learning, London.7. Keller, G.(2009) Introduction to Statistics. Cengage Learning, New Delhi8. Levine, D.M, Kribbeil,T. C, Berenson.M and Vishawanath,P.K.(2011). Basic

Statistics: A First Course. Pearson Education. New Delhi9. Levin R.I. and Rubin, D.S.(2011). Statistics for Management;8th ed.Pearson

Education. New Delhi.10. Levine, Stephan, Krebbiel and Borenjon,(2007) .Statistics for Managers using

Microsoft Excel. PHI,New Delhi.

11. Levin, R.I., & Rubin, D.S., (2009). Statistics for Management. Pearson EducationInc,New Delhi.

12. Sharma,J.K.(2007). Business Statistics.Pearson Education. New Delhi13. Sharma, J.K., (2009). Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decisions. Macmillan

Publishers India Ltd,New Delhi.14. Gupta, S.P. & Gupta, M.P (1986). Business Statistics. Sultan Chand, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-103MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to acquaint the participants with theconcepts and techniques used in economic theory and to enable them to apply thisknowledge in bus iness decision-making. Emphas is is given to changes in the nature ofbusiness firms in the context of globa lization.UNIT-I: Concepts and Techniques of Manageria l Economics, Nature of Bus iness

decision-making, Marginal Analys is, Optimisation.UNIT-II: Theory of Demand-Demand Function, Income and Substitution Effects, Re vealed

Preference Approach and Demand Forecasts, Production and Cost Returns toScale, Cost Curves, Break-Even Analysis.

UNIT-III: Theory of Firm-Profit Maximization, Sales Maximization, Organizationa l Slack,Ownership and Control, Market Structure, Perfect Competition, Monopoly,Oligopoly, Non-Price Competition.

UNIT-IV: Macro Economics, Aggregates and Concepts-GNP and GDP, AggregateConsumption, Gr oss Domestic Savings, Gr oss Domestic Capital Formation-WPICPI and Inflation Employment.

UNIT-V: Balance of Payments, Money Supply, Monetary Policy, Fiscal Policy, Conceptand Measurement of National Income, Determination of National Income,Consumption Function, Fiscal Impact and Investment Synthes is of Monetary andReal Factors.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Adhikary, M., (2001). Business Economics. Excel Books, New Delhi:2. Bach G.L,(1977) Economics, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.3. Baumol, W.J., (1961). Economic Theory and Operations Analysis. New Jersey:

Prentice Hall.4. Dwivedi, D.N., (2009). Managerial Economics. Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd,New

Delhi.5. Gupta, G.S., (2001). Managerial Economics. Tata McGraw Hill Education,New Delhi.6. Henderson J. and Quandt R.E.(1980). Microeconomics Theory- A Mathematical

Approach McGraw Hill, New Delhi.7. Heathfield and Macmillan. W. (1987). An Introduction to Cost and Production

Functions.London.8. Koutsoyiannis,M.( 1990). Modern Microeconomics. MacMillan, New Delhi.9. Keat, P., & Young, P.K., (2008). Managerial Economics. Prentice Hall, New

Delhi.Lipsey R.G. and Chrystal, K.A.( 1999). Principles of Economics (9th Edition),Oxford Univers ity Press, Oxford.

10. Png, I., (2002). Managerial Economics. Blackwell Publishers,New York.11. McGuigan, J.R., & Moyer, R.C., (2007). Managerial Economics;Application,

Strategies, and Tactics. South.Western College Publication,USA.

{81} {82}

Page 43: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

12. S.P. Singh (2004).Managerial Economics, , AITBS, New Delhi.13. Webster, T.J., (2003). Managerial Economics: Theory & Practice. Academic

Press,London.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-104AUDITING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the principles& practice of auditing.UNIT-I : Introduction: Meaning, Nature & Scope of Auditing, Distinction between Book-

keeping Accountancy & Auditing, Objectives of auditing, Auditing techniques,Efficiency audit, Operational audit & Propriety audit.

UNIT-II: Internal Control: Meaning, Evaluation & Methods of Evaluation, Flow charts,Internal check & Internal audit, Internal control questionnaires, Audit programmes-Audit working papers.

UNIT-III: Verification of assets & liabilities: Verification of fixed assets, InvestmentsInventories, Debtors, loans & advances, Cash & bank balance, Creditors,Contingent liability, Audit of preliminary expenses.

UNIT-IV: Audit of Divisible profit - Relevant provisions of the companies act 1956,.Appointment& Removal of Statutory auditors, Rights & Duties of statutory auditors.

UNIT-V: Audit reports: Contents of audit report, Techniques of Effective reporting, Types ofAudit reports-clean & qualified, Difference between Audit reports & Audit certificate.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Basu, S.K. (2009). Fundamentals of Auditing.PHI, New Delhi.2. Cosserat, Graham. W., & Rodda. N. (2009).Modern Auditing .John Wiley & Sons., USA.3. Montgomery, R.H. (2009).Auditing Theory & Practices. General Books, New Delhi.4. Kumar, R., & Sharma, V. (2005).Auditing Principles & Practice. Prentice Hall of

India, New Delhi.5. Gupta, K. (2004).Contemporary Auditing. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.6. Whittington, R., & Peny, K. (2004).Principles of Auditing & Other Assurance

Services. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.7. Millichamp, A. (2002). Auditing. Thomson Learning,UK.8. Whittington, R., & Peny, K. (1997). Auditing: The Irwin series in undergraduate

Accounting. Irwin, USA.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-105SOFT SKILLS DEVELOPMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The Course is aimed at equipping the students with the necessaryconcepts, techniques and skills of communication to inform others and to inspire andmotivate them to get their cooperation in the performance of their jobs. Students areencouraged to follow these skills as self-study and self-driven process.

UNIT-I: Introduction, Importance, Role and Process of Business Communication, Verbaland Non Verbal Communication, Effective Communication, Directions ofCommunication and Barriers to Communication.

UNIT-II: Individual Communication-Letters and Memos, Group Communication-Circularsand Notices, The Process of Writing Commercial letters-Routine Requests &Replies, Claim & Adjustment letter.

UNIT-III: Meetings-Agenda and Notice, Press Release, Seminars & Conferences, GroupDiscussions, Public Speaking, Legal Issues in Communication , Public Relations.

UNIT-IV: Negotiation Skills, Presentation Skills, Writing a Business Report, Resume andJob Application letter, The Job Interview.

UNIT-V: Electronic Communication, Fax, E-mail, Internet and Multimedia, OfficeAdministration and Management, Business Etiquette.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Baugh, Frrayer & Thomas (1995)How to write first class Business

Correspondence.MacGraw Hills, New Delhi.2. Borg J, (2008).Body Language (7 easy lessons to master the silent

language).Pearson Education,New Delhi.3. Chaturvedi, P D & Chaturvedi, M (2004). Business Communication (Concepts,

Cases and Applications),.Pearson Education,New Delhi. Hudson,R.H.,(2006).Business Communication;5th Edition. Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai.

4. Chopra, R .K. & Chopra, A. (2009).Office Management. Himalaya PublishingHouse, New Delhi.

5. Kitty Locker & Kaczmarek (2010)Business Communication, Building CriticalSkills.McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji (2000) . DevelopingCommunication Skills.Macmillan India Ltd, New Delhi.

6. Lesikar, R.V., Flatley, M.E., Rentz, K. and Pande, N.(2008). BusinessCommunication: Making Connections in a Digital World;11th Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.

7. Murphy Herta A & Peck (1997). Effective Business Communications.Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi.

8. Ober,S. (2007). Contemporary Business Communication. PHI, New Delhi.9. Treece, Malra,(1994). Successful Business Communication. Allyn and Bacon,

Boston.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teacher from time to time.

MBA (BF)-106MANAGEMENT PROCESS AND ORGANISATIONAL B EHAVIOUR

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the student with basic managementconcepts and behavioral processes in the organization.UNIT-I: Evolution of Management Thought, Systems and Contingency approach for

understanding organizations.UNIT-II: Managerial Processes, Skills and Roles in an Organization, Social Respons ibility

of Business.UNIT-III: Understanding and Managing Individual Behavior- Personality, Perceptions,

Values, Attitudes, Learning, Work Motivation, Individual Decision making andproblem solving.

UNIT-IV: Understanding and Managing Group Processes- Interpersonal and GroupDynamics, Group Decision Making.

{83} {84}

Page 44: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

UNIT-V: Leadership and Influence Process, Understanding and Managing OrganizationalSystem, Organizational Design and Structure, Work Stress and Stress Management.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Koontz, H. &Wechrich ,H.( 1995) .Management. McGraw Hill, New York.2. Luthans F. ( 1995). Organizational Behaviour . McGraw Hill, New York.3. Robbins S.P(1996) Management, , New Jersey, Englewood C liffs, Prentice Hall Inc.4. Robbins S.P(1996).Organizational Behaviour ;7th ed. Prentice Hall of India , New Delhi.5. Singh, Dalip(2000).Emotional Inte lligence at Work, , Sage Publications, Delhi.6. Staw ,B.M .,Englowed, Cliffs(1995). Psychological Dimensions of Organizational

Behaviour ; 2nd Ed. Prentice Hall Inc.. New Jersey.7. Stoner J.( 1996.).Management; 6th ed. Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.8. Udupa, Yoga ,K.N, Mohan ( 2000).Stress and its Management.Motilal Banarasi

Das, Varanasi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-107FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The basic purpose of this course is to develop an insight of Postulates,Principles and Techniques of accounting and utilization of financial accounting informationfor planning, decision-making and control.UNIT-I: Basic concepts : Definition of accounting and its usefulness, book keeping and

accountancy, Relationship of accounting with other desciplines, Accountingconcepts and principals, Recording and classifications of accounts.

UNIT-II: System of book keeping: Double entry System, Books of prime entry, Ledgeraccounts, Recording of cash and bank transaction, subsidiary books, Preparationof trial balance, adjustment and Rectification of errors.

UNIT-III: Concept of Income and expenditure, Distinction between capital & RevenueExpenditure, Defford Revenue Expenditure, Depreciation methods and valuationof inventoies, Bad Debts and reserve for bad debts-its accounting treatment,Trading account, Profit & loss account and Balance sheet.

UNIT-IV: Company AccountsI: Issue of shares, Buy back, Redemption of reference shares,Issue and Redemption of debenture, Final Account of Companies.

UNIT-V: Company accountsII: underwriting of Issue of Securities, Accounting forAmalgamation, Absorption and reconstruction of companies

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Scott W. (2011).Financial Accounting Theory.Pearson Education ltd., New Delhi.2. Kakani, R. (2007), Financial Accounting for Management.Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi.3. Kimuda, D. W (1986).Financial Accounting.East African publishers, Kenya.4. Maheshwari S.N. (1996).Financial Accounting.Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.,

New Delhi.5. Narayanaswamy (2008).Financial Accounting a Managerial Perspective.PHI

Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.6. Lal, J. & Srivastava S. (2009).Financial Accounting.S. Chand & Company Ltd.,

New Delhi.7. Rajasekaran V. (2011). Financial Accounting.Pearson Education India, New Delhi.8. Tulsian, P.C (2002).Financial Accounting.Pearson Education India, New Delhi.

NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-108COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this paper is to develop a basic understanding of computers& management information system and their use in the business organizations. The studentsare required to know only basics of hardware and software.UNIT-I: Evolution of Computers, Computer Generations, Basic Computer organization,

Classification of Computers.UNIT-II: Processor and Memory, Secondary Storage Devices, Input-Output Devices.UNIT-III: Computer Languages, Computer Software, Application Software Packages-

Word Processing package (MS-Word), Spreadsheet Package (MS-Excel),Presentation Graphics Package (MS-PowerPoint).

UNIT-IV: Business Data Processing - Definition, Data Storage, Hierarchy, Standard Methodsof Organizing Data, Database Management System, Computer Networks (LANand WAN only), Computer Security.

UNIT-V: Internet and the Role of IT in Business, Information Systems-Introduction, Definitionand Categories, Role of MIS in Decision Making.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Goel, A. (2010). Computer Fundamentals. Pearson Education, New Delhi.2. Leon, A., & Leon, M.(2005).Principles of IT. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.3. Madan, S. (2011). Student's Guide to IT. Taxmann Allied Services Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.4. Madan, S.(2006). Introduction to Essential Tools. Mayur Paperbacks,Noida.5. Murthy, C.S.V. (2001). Management Information Systems - Text & Applications.

Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.6. McLeod, Raymond, Schell, & George, P. (2007).Management Information

System(10th ed.).Pearson-Education Inc, USA..7. Prasad,L.M. & Prasad,Usha.(2010).Management Information Systems.Sultan

Chand & Sons,New Delhi.8. Rainer, Turban & Potter.(2005). Introduction to Information Technology. John

Wiley & Sons Inc.USA.9. Sinha, P. K., & Sinha, U.(2004). Computer Fundamentals(3rd Ed). BPB Pulications,

New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-201MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the principlesand practice of management accounting.UNIT-I: Concepts: Meaning, Nature and Importance of Management Accounting,

Distinction between Management and Financial Accounting, Scope and Role ofManagement Accounting, Techniques of Management Accounting.

UNIT-II: Budgeting: Preparation of Master Budget, Cash Budget & Flexible Budget,

{85} {86}

Page 45: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Advantages and Limitations of Budgetary Control, Budgetary Control Reports toManagement.

UNIT-III: Financial Analysis and Control: Types of Ratios for Analysis of Financial Results,Importance & Limitations of Ratio Analysis, Cash Flow Statements and FundFlow Statement

UNIT-IV: Capital Budgetary Decisions: Objectives and Problems, Replacement Decisions-New Investment Criteria used, Pay Back Method, Discounted Cash Flow Method,Capital Rationing- Decision under conditions of Risk & Uncertainty.

UNIT-V: Management Control: Human Resources Accounting-Models and their applications,Program & Performance Budgeting, Zero Base Budgeting and ResponsibilityAccounting.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bhattacharyya, D. (2010). Management Accounting.Pearson education India,

New Delhi.2. Kumar, G.A. (2010).Management Accounting. Pearson Publication,New Delhi.3. Kuppapally, J. J. (2008). Accounting for Managers. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.4. Khan, Jain (2006).Managerial Accounting.Tata McGraw- Hills Education, New Delhi.5. Lucey Terence (2003), "Management Accounting", Cengage Learning EMEA.6. Mathur, S.B. (2010). Management Accounting. Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi.7. Pandey, I.M. (2006).Management Accounting.Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.8. Schatzberg, J. (2010).Introduction to Management Accounting. Pearson

Publication, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-202MANAGEMENT SCIENCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the principles and practice of Management ScienceUNIT-I: Management Science: Basic Concepts and its role in decision-making, Sensitivity

Analysis, Linear Programming.UNIT-II: Assignment Models: Mathematical Formulation of Assignment Fundamental

theorems, Hungarian Method for Assignment Problem, Unbalanced AssignmentProblem, Variations in Assignment Problem, Transportation Models: MathematicalFormulation, Metric form Transportation Problem, Feasible Solution, Basic FeasibleSolution and Optimum Solution, Moving towards Optimum Solution.

UNIT-III: Simulation: Definition, Types, Uses, Limitations & Phases of Simulation, EvenType, Monte-Carlo Simulation, Application of Simulation, Decision Theory: Types,Components of Decision-Making, Decision Models, Decision-Making underUncertainty, Decision-Tree Analysis.

UNIT-IV: Game theory: Characteristic of Game Theory, Minimax Criterion & Optimal Strategy,Saddle Point, Minimax Theorem, Replacement Models and Systems, Reliability-Replacement of items that deteriorate.

UNIT-V: Queuing Theory: Waiting Line Models, Inventory Management, Job Sequencing,Project Management by PERT and CPM.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Barry, Render, Ralph, M. & Michael, E., Hanna(2011).Quantitative Analysis, PHI,

New Delhi.2. Budnik ,Frank, S., Dennis, Mcleavey & Richard, Mojena (2003). Principles of

Operations Research. All India Traveller Booksheller, New Delhi,3. Gupta, R. K. (2010).Operation Research. Krishna Prakash Media, Meerut.4. Sharma, J. K.(2009). Operations Research-Theories and Applications. Macmillian

India Ltd., New Delhi.5. Sharma, S. D.(2007). Operation Research. Kedarnath & Co. Meerut.6. Taha, H. A.( 2008). Operation Research-An Introduction. Mc-Millan, New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-203RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following sylla-bus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the conceptsand principles of insurance vis-à-vis insurance industry.UNIT-I: Risk Management and Insurance: Risk vs. Uncertainty ,Types of Risks, Methods

of Handling ,Risk Management Process, Risk Management Information System(RMIS), Mathematical Basis of Insurance, Theory of Probability and Law ofLarge numbers.

UNIT-II: Concept of Insurance: Definition, Functions, Cost and Benefits of Insurance,Nature of Insurance Contracts, Classification of Insurance Business, Life andNon-Life Insurance, Alternative Classification of insurance, Role of Insurance inEconomic Development.

UNIT-III: Principles of Insurance: Utmost Good Faith, Insurable Interest, Indemnity,Subrogation, Contribution, Proximate, Cause and Arbitration.

UNIT-IV: Legal framework of Insurance Business in India: The Insurance Act 1938, TheInsurance Regulatory Development Authority Act 1999, The Indian Contract Act1872, Tariff Advisory Committee, Accounting Principles for Preparation of FinancialStatements, Taxation aspects of Insurance.

UNIT-V: Insurance Industry: History of Insurance Industry, Global Picture of Insurance, Industryin India, Insurance Sector Reforms, Insurance Players in India, Life Insurance inIndia, Non-Life Insurance in India, Types and Organizational Structure of InsuranceOrganizations, Insurance Intermediaries and Bancassurance, Reinsurance.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Baranoff, E. G. (2003), Risk Management& Insurance, John Willy & Sons, USA.2. Harrington, S. E & Niehaus, G. E. (2004), Risk Management & Insurance, Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.3. Misra M. N. (2007), "Insurance Principles and Practices", Sultan Chand & Co.

Ltd., New Delhi.4. Rejda, G. E. (2011).Principles of Risk Management & Insurance.Pearson

Education,New Delhi.5. Wiening, E. A. (2010).Foundation of Risk Management & Insurance. American

Institute for Chartered Property Casuality Underwriters/Insurance Institute ofAmerica, USA.

6. Skipper, H.D & Kwon, W.J. (2008), Risk Management & Insurance Perspective ina Global Economy, Blackwell Publishing Wiley India Edition., New Delhi.

7. Trieschmann, J. & Gustauson, S. G. (2009), Risk Management & Insurance,South Western, USA.

8. Vaughan, E.J &Vaughan, T.M. (2002), Essentials of Risk Management & Insurance,

{87} {88}

Page 46: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Wiley, USA9. Williams, C. A., Smith, M. L & Young, P. C. (1998), Risk Management and Insurance,

Irwin/McGraw Hill, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-204FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the principlesand practice of Financial Management.UNIT-I: Concepts of Financial Management: Objective & Scope of Financial Management,

Techniques of Financial Management, Time Value of Money.UNIT-II: Capital Budgeting: Evaluation Techniques, Cost of Capital- Cost of Different

Sources of Capital, Weighted Average Cost of Capital.UNIT-III: Leverages & Capital Structure: Operating, Financial & Combined Leverages,

Indifference Point, Capital Structure- Approaches to Capital Structure, OptimumCapital Structure.

UNIT-IV: Working Capital Management: Determinants, Computation by Current Assets andCurrent Liability Method, Working Capital Financing, Inventory ManagementTechniques.

UNIT-V: CVP analysis and Dividend policy: Cost Volume Profits Analysis, Dividend Polices-Determinants and Models of Dividend Policy.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Brigham E.F. & Ehrhardt C.M. (2008).Financial Management. Cengage Learning,

Mason USA.2. Chandra P.(1997).Financial Management.Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.3. Chandra P.(1997). Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill,

New Delhi.4. Horne V. & James C. (1997).Financial Management and Policy.Prentice Hall Inc.,

New Delhi.5. Khan, J. (2012). Basic Financial Management. Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi.6. Madura J. (2011). International Financial Management.Cengage Learning, Mason USA.7. Pandey I. M. (2004). Financial Management. Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd, New Delhi.8. Richard A B. (1996),. Principles of Corporate Finance.Tata McGraw Hill, New

Delhi.9. Tyagi, C.L. and Tyagi, M. (2003).Financial and Management Accounting. Atlantic

Publication, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-205MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to develop understanding of the underlyingconcepts, strategies and issues involved in the marketing of products.UNIT-I: Nature and scope of marketing, Marketing Environment: Concept; Need for Study;

Major Elements and their Impact on Marketing Decisions, critical role of marketing

in organization/Society, Marketing planning and research.UNIT-II: Understanding Consumer and Industrial Markets: Demand measurement and

Forecasting,Theories of Consumer Behaviour; Various Buying Roles in Family;Types of Buying Behaviour; Consumer Decision-Making Process in Buying.segmentation, Bases of Segmenting Consumer Markets; Market SelectionStrategies; Targeting and positioning Consumer and Industrial Market.

UNIT-III: Product Decisions: Product mix, Product life cycle, New product development,Branding and Packaging decisions, Pricing methods and strategies, Promotiondecisions-Promotion mix, Advertising and Personal selling, Channel management-selection, co-operation and conflict management, Vertical marketing systems,Organizing and implementing marketing in the Organization, Gandula management.

UNIT-IV: Evaluation and Control of Marketing Efforts: Scope, Steps, Designing, Tools andTechniques of marketing controller, The marketing controller concept, Organizing& Implementing marketing programs.

UNIT-V: New Issues in Marketing: Globalization, Consumerism, Green marketing,Legal,Ethical and Social Aspects of Marketing: Consumerism; Consumer ProtectionMeasure in India; Recent Developments in Consumer Protection in India, Ruralmarketing, e-marketing, retailing.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Kotler, Philip (2011).Marketing Management-Analysis, Planning, Implementation

and Control.Prentice Hall of India, N. Delhi.2. Kotler, Philip & Armstrong, Gary(2009). Principles of Marketing. Prentice Hall of

India, N. Delhi.3. Neelamegham, S.(2000).Indian Cases in Marketing. Vikas, N. Delhi.4. Ramaswamy, V.S. & Namakumari(1995).Marketing Management -Planning,

Implementation & Control. Macmillan, New Delhi.5. Singh,V.K (1999).Effective Management Workout - A casestudy Way, Himalayan

Publication,N.Delhi.6. Stanton William J.(1994). Fundamentals of Marketing. Mc-Graw Hill, New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-206COST ACCOUNTING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE : The objective of this paper is to familiarize the students with the principlesand practice of cost accounting.UNIT-I: Cost Concept: Introduction, Cost concepts relating to Income Measurement,

Cost concepts relating to Profit Planning, Cost concept for Control and Costconcepts for Decision-Making.

UNIT-II: Cost analysis for Decision Making: Learning Curve Theory, Relevant Cost for DecisionMaking, Optimum Product Mix, Make or Buy, Lease or Buy, Shut down etc.

UNIT-III: Inventory Costing: Cost of Inventory and Methods of Inventory Costing andInventory Control Techniques, Value Added Analysis.

UNIT-IV: Cost Reduction and Control: Standard Costs, Components of Standard Costs,Variance Analysis- Material variance, Labour Variance, Overhead Variance,Techniques of Cost Reduction-Value Analysis.

UNIT-V: Marginal Costing: Basic Concepts, Marginal Costing & Absorption Costing, CostVolume Profit Analysis, Break Even Analysis, Limitation of Break Even Analysis,Key or Limiting Factor Analysis.

{89} {90}

Page 47: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Drury, C. (2010), Cost and Management Accounting, Cengage Publication, USA.2. Dutta, M. (2010), Cost Accounting: Principles & Practice, Pearson, education,

New Delhi.3. Gupta, N. (2011), Cost Accounting: Theory & Practice, Ane Book India, New

Delhi.4. Govindrajan, V. & Shank. J. V. (2008). Strategic Cost Management, Simon &

Schuster, USA.5. Jhamb, H.V. (2011), Fundamentals of Cost Accounting, Ane Book India, New Delhi.6. Kishore R. M. (2001), "Cost Accounting", Taxmann Allied Services Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi7. Khan, M. Y, & Jain. P.K (2008). Cost Accounting & Financial Management.Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.8. Lal, J & Srivastava. S(2008).Cost Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.9. Lanen, W. N, Anderson, A. S & Maher, D. M. W. (2011), Fundamentals of Cost

Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will bea nnounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-207RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the following sylla-bus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to develop the research skills of the students ininvestigating the business problems with a view to arrive at objective findings, interpretationof data and conclusions of their investigation in the form of systematic reports.UNIT-I: Research in Management: Definitions, Meaning, Scope and Objectives of

Research, Different Approaches to Research - Scientific Methods and Nonscientific Methods; Types of Business Research; The Research Process; Ethicsin Business Research.

UNIT-II: Formulation and Definition of Business Research Problem; Formulation ofResearch Hypotheses, Business Research Design - Meaning and Formulation;Research Design Classification - Exploratory Research Design (SecondaryData & Qualitative Research), Descriptive Research Design (Survey &Observation) and Causal Research Design (Experimentation).

UNIT-III: The Sampling Design Process; Types of Sample Design - Probability and Non-probability Sampling Designs; Size of Sample; Sampling Errors; Concept ofMeasurement and Scaling; Important Scaling Techniques; Reliability and Validityof Measurement.

UNIT-IV: Questionnaires and Observation Forms; Questionnaire Design Process; CollectingPrimary Data through Observations, Semi-structured Interviews, In-depthInterviews and Questionnaire; Processing of Research Data Editing, Coding,Classification and Tabulation.

UNIT-V: Basic Data Analysis - Descriptive Statistics; Univariate Statistics - HypothesesTesting; Bivariate Analysis - Test of Differences and Measures of Association;Multivariate Analysis, Importance of the Report & Presentation; Business ReportFormat; Report Writing; Oral Presentation; Research Follow-up.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Beri,G.C.(2008). Marketing Research. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.2. David, J. L., Ronald, S., Rubin.(1994). Marketing Research. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd,

New Delhi.3. Donald R.C. & Pamela, Schindler(2010). Business Research Methods. McGraw

Hill, New Delhi.4. Kothari C.R.(2009).Research Methodology. Vishwa Prakashan, N.Delhi5. Madan P., Paliwal V., Bhardwaj. R.(2010). Research Methodology.Global Vision

Publishing House, New Delhi.6. Malhotra, N.K.(2008).Marketing Research - An Applied Orientation.Pearson

Education, New Delhi7. Panneerselvam, R .(2004).Research Methodology. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.8. Saunders, Lewis & Thornhill (2003).Research Methods for Business Students.

Pearson Education, New Delhi.9. Tripathi P.C.(2002). Research Methodology.Sultan Chand & Co.New Delhi.10. Wilkinson & Bhandarkar (2003).Methodology & Techniques of Social Research.

Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-208BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit.The previous year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The primary objective of this course is to acquaint the students with emerginggloba l trends in bus iness environment.UNIT-I: Economic Systems: Globalization of Indian Economy, Aspects of Human

Development, Introduction to International Business, Modes of InternationalBusiness, Absolute advantage, Comparative advantage, theory of Country size.

UNIT-II: The Business Envir onment: The Economic and Political Envir onment, TheHuman and Cultural Environment ,Trade and Investment-Governmental Influenceon Trade and Investment, Determination of Trading Partner's Independence,Interdependence and Dependence, Country Evaluation and Selection, Scanningfor Alternatives, Country Comparison Considerations, Tools for ComparingCountries, Diversification vs. Concentration Strategies, Investment ProposalEvaluation.

UNIT-III: Marketing: Market size analysis , Product Policy, Pricing Promotion and Distribution,Finance: Internal Sources of Funds, Global Cash Management, FinancingInternational Trade, Risk Management and Financial Aspects of the InvestmentDecisions, Multinational Accounting and Tax Functions : Factors Influencing theDevelopment of Accounting, Transactions in Foreign Currency, Translating ofForeign Currency, Financial Statements, Taxation of Foreign-source income,Double-Tax Treaties.

UNIT-IV: Human Resource Management: Management Qualifications and Characteristics,International Managerial Transfers, Management Recruitment and Selection,International Development of Managers, Training, Market Differences. Production:Production and Export Strategies, Forms of Fore ign Involvement.

UNIT-V: Regional B locks : Cross - National Cooperation and Agreement, GATT and UNCTAD,Trading B locks - EC, NAFTA, East Asia, Special Trading Arrangements of TradingBlocks with Developing Countries, Monetary Block, International BusinessDiplomacy: Negotiating an International Bus iness, Issues in Asset Protection,Multilateral Settlements , Consortium Approaches, External Relations Approach.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Alworth , &Julian, S.(1988). The Finance, Investment & Taxation Decisions of

Multinationals.. Basil & Blackwell. London.2. Bhalla ,V.K.(1990). World Economy in 90's ; A Portfolio Approach.:Anmol

{91} {92}

Page 48: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Publications. New Delhi.3. Daniel, J.D. & Radebangh. (2001).Internationa l Bus iness..A.Wesley. NY,USA4. Eiteman, D.K .,& Stonchill, A.I.(1992).Multinationa l Business Finance.A.Wesley, NY,USA5. Kreinin ,Mordechel, E.H.(1979).Internationa l Economics, Brace, USA.6. Rugman, A. M.(1979). Internationa l Diversif ication & the Multinationa l. Lexington

Books, Toronto.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-301SUMMER PROJECT

MBA (BF)-302PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question paperOBJECTIVE: The objective of this paper is to help the students to acquire practicalunderstanding and deve lop skills for project preparation and implementation.UNIT-I: Introduction:Definitions, Classification, Project risk, Scope, Concepts and

Characteristics of Project, Importance of Project Management, Projectmanagement-definitions, overview, Project plan, management principles appliedto project management, Tools and techniques of project management, Projectmanagement lifecycles and uncertainty.Project Planning:Project and StrategicPlanning, Scope, Problem Statement, Project Goals, Success criteria, RiskManagement, Approval Process, Social Cost Benefit Analysis, Feasibility Study.

UNIT-II: Project Organization:Project Organization: Various Forms of ProjectOrganizations, Project Organization Charting, Organization Human Resources,The Project Manager, The Project Team, Project Team Pitfalls, Project ContractManagement, Types of Contracts, Fixing the Zero Data.

UNIT-III: Project Financing:Project Cost Estimation, Sources of Finance, Multiple Projectand Constraints.

UNIT-IV: Project Implementation and Monitoring:Project Resource Requirements, Type ofResources, Men, Materials, Finance, Multi project Resources scheduling, Splittingand Multitasking, Resources Allocation method, Project Monitoring and control,Project network Technique-(PERT and CPM), Planning for Monitoring andevaluation, Project Management Information System, Project Scheduling- TimeConstrained and Resource Constrained Scheduling, Project Communication,Project Audits, Post Project Reviews.

UNIT-V: Project Direction and Control:Project Direction, Types of Project Termination,Project in Trouble, Termination Strategies, Evaluation of Termination Possibilities,Termination Procedures, Features of Future Indian Projects.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Beenet ,P. L.& Kathyn.( 1995). Project management-for 21st century. Pearson

education, New Delhi.2. David, I. Cleland. ( 1999). Project management. McGraw Hill International Edition, USA3. Dennis lock .(2001). The essentials of project management.Grower, USA.4. Gray,C., & Larson,E .(2010).Project Management.Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.5. Gopalakrishnan,P.(1993). Project management- - New Delhi,India:McMillian India

Ltd, New Delhi.6. Harry,Naylor. (1987).Project Management.Pearson Publication, New Delhi.7. Prasanna, C. (2008).Project Management.Tata McGraw Hill, New DelhiNOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced

in the class.

MBA(BF)-303CORPORATE TAX PLANNING & MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to apprise the students with the conceptsand practices of corporate tax planning & management.UNIT-I: Basic concepts of Income tax act and New Direct Tax Code 2009, Relief, Tax

avoidance and Tax evasion, Significance and Problem of tax planning, Recognizedmethods of Tax Planning.

UNIT-II: Residential Status and its implications for Tax Planning, Assessment Proceduresunder Salaries.

UNIT-III: House Property, Profits and Gains of Business or Profession, Capital Gains andincome from other Sources. E-filing: Compulsory filing of return based on economiccriterion, Forms of return, Procedure of e-filing.

UNTI-IV: Corporate Tax Planning, Tax Planning for new business, Choice of nature andtypes of business location, Tax Planning for financial structure, amalgamationand restructuring, Implication of avoidance of Double Taxation Agreement.

UNIT-V: Wealth tax - Ascertainment of Aggregate value of assets, Valuation of assets ofvarious kinds, Assessment of liabilities and wealth tax.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Agarwal, K. K. (2007), "Corporate Tax Planning", Atlantic Publishers & Distributors;

New Delhi.2. Ahuja, G., & Gupta, R., (2013). Simplified Approach to Corporate Tax Planning

and Management. Bharat Book Depot, New Delhi.3. Lakhotia, R.N., & Lakhotia, S., (2012). How to Save Income Tax through Tax

Planning, Vision Books India Ltd, New Delhi.4. Rajaratnam, S., & Venkataramaiah, B.V., (2012). Tax Planning: Issues, Ideas,

Innovations, Bharat Book Publishing House, New Delhi.5. Singhania, M., (2012). Corporate Tax and Dividend Policy, Jain Book Depot, New Delhi.6. Singhania, V., & Singhania, M., (2009). Corporate Tax Planning and Business

Tax Procedures, Taxmanns Publications, New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-304CORPORATE STRATEGIES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The Objectives of this course is to develop a holistic perspective of enterprise,critical from the point of view of the top executives.UNIT-I: The nature of corporate strategy, Value of corporate strategy, Levels of

strategy, Process of Strategic Management, Strategic Management in differentcontexts, Role of different strategists.

UNIT-II: Defining the Company Mission, Corporate Philosophy, Corporate Governanceand Strategy, Strategy and Ethics.

UNIT-III: The External Environment analysis, Industry Analysis, organizational analysis

{93} {94}

Page 49: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

during industry evolution, Globalization and Industry structure.UNIT-IV: Formulating corporate strategies, Business level Strategies, functional Strategies,

Strategic choice, Strategy in the Global Environment.UNIT-V: Implementing strategy, Designing organizational- structure, Designing strategic

control systems, strategic ledership, Mattering Structure and control to strategy,Implementing Strategic change, Technology Strategy.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Charles W.L. H., & Gareth, R. J.(2012).Strategic Management Theory - An

Integrated Approach.USA: South Western Cengage Publishing,USA.2. David,F.R.(2012).Strategic Management A Competitive Advantage Approach

Concepts. Prentice Hall,New Delhi.3. Jayarathnam, M.(2007).Business Policy and Strategic Management.

Mumbai,India:Himalaya Publishing House,New Delhi.4. Gerry, J., & Kevan, S. (2009).Exploring Corporate Strategy. Prentice Hall of

India,New Delhi.5. Singh.S.P.(2004).Corporate Strategy.AITBS. New Delhi.6. Srinivasan.(2007).Strategic Management: the Indian Context. New Delhi,India:

Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time

MBA (BF)-305PRACTICE OF LIFE INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide an understanding for the practice of life assurance and theirrelevance.UNIT-I: Life Insurance Organization - The Indian Context, The Distr ibution System,

Functions of Agents, Appointment and Continuance of Agency, Remuneration toAgents, Trends in Life Insurance Distribution Channels, Plans of Life Insurance - NeedLevels, Term Life Insurance, Increasing/Decreasing Term Policy, Whole Life Insurance,Endowment Insurance, Money Back Endowment Plan, Marriage Endowment Plan,Educational Annuity Plan, Children Deferred Assurance Plans, Annuities.

UNIT-II : Group Insurance - Nature of Group Insurance, Types of Group Insurance,Gratuity Liability, Group Superannuation Scheme, Other Group Schemes, SocialSecurity Schemes, Other Special Need plan - Industr ial Life Insurance, SalarySaving Scheme, Disability P lans, Sickness related, Unit Linked I nsurance plans.

UNIT-III: Application & Acceptance - Prospectus, Proposal Forms & other relateddocuments, Age Proof, Special Reports. Policy Document - Need and Format -Preamble, Operative c lauses, Proviso, Schedule Attestation, Conditions &Privileges, Alteration, Duplicate Policy, Premium, Premium Calculation, Days ofgrace, Non - Forfeiture Options, Lapse and Revival Schemes.

UNIT-IV: Assignment Nomination Loans - Surrenders - Foreclosure - MarriedWomen's Property Act policy, Calculations, Policy C laims, Matur ity C laims, Surviva l Benefit Payments, Death Claims , Waiver of evidence of title, Early claims,Claim concession, Presumption of Death, Accident Benefit and Disability Benefit, Settlement options, Valuations and Bonus, D istribution of Surplus.

UNIT-V: Types of Re-insurance, Exchange Control Regulations, Payment of Premia,Payment of Claims etc., Assignment in favour of Non-Residents Deposit,Export of Policies.

SUGGESTED READINGS:

1. I.C. -02(2012).Insurance.Books of Insurance Institute of India, Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF) - 306MODERN APPLICATIONS OF LIFE INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide an understanding of the modern application of life assurance andtheir relevance.UNIT-I: Identif ication of needs and the application of all ordinary long term insurance

contracts to the needs of individuals, insurance needs of the family and business organization, partnership and key-man insurance, Deferred CompensationPlan, Insurance needs of individuals as a hedge against inf lation leading to unit-linked, equity- linked and property - linked life polices.

UNIT-II: Life Insurance premium as a first charge on family budget, Salary saving scheme,Tax saving through life insurance - concession available to individual's self-employees persons under the provisions of the Income- tax Act, 1960 - Taxationtreatment of premiums paid for and claims received under life insurance andannuity polices-Life insurance and Wealth Tax Act, 1957 - Life Insurance andMarried Women's Property Act, 1874 and Gift Tax Act, 1958.

UNIT-III: Provident Fund: Requirement for approval etc., Superannuation funds : PrivatePensionplan - Insured pension plan - Costing allocated - unallocated methodsof funding - cash accumulation plan - Controlled funding methods - optical formsof pension - transfer of equitable interest Commutation of Pension benefits.

UNIT-IV: Different ways for an employer to meet gratuity liability funding of gratuity-conditions for approva l of gratuity fund, Legal and taxation aspects of Provident.Gratuity and Superannuation funds- Taxation treatment of premiums paid andbenefits received under Group term Insurance Polices.

UNIT-V: Social Insurances and its development in India - Concept of social security in thewestern countries vis-à-vis India-Recent developments.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C. -23 (2012).Insurance.Books of Insurance Institute of India, Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA (BF)-307ACTUARIAL SCIENCE & PRACTICES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provides an understanding of the life assurance underwriting and theirrelevance.UNIT-I: Concept, meaning and scope of acturialvaluation, concept of compound interest

and present value in insurance, tools of rate making in insurance, comparativestudy of acturial business in UK and India.

UNIT-II: Concept of premium calculation and its commutation in f inding values of premiumsof life insurance, plans and annuity plans, life contingencies.

UNIT-III: IRDA (Acturialreport and abstract), regulations, IRDA (Assets, liabilities and

{95} {96}

Page 50: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

solvency of marine insurance) regulations.UNIT-IV: Types of life insurance, co-operative societies, mutua l funds.UNIT-V: Private insurance companies, Government insurance, role of appointed actuary

in life insurance as a risk manager.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C. -22. (2012).Insurance. Books of Insurance Institute of India , Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA (BF)-308PRACTICE OF GENERAL INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide an understanding of the practice of general insurance and theirrelevance.UNIT-I: Insurance Legislation - General Insurance Business (Nationa lisation) Act 1972-

The Insurance Act 1938 (as amended) - Other statutes having a bearing onGeneral Insurance -Consumer Protection Act 1986 and implications - The structureof the insurance market in India - Ins urance marketing network and customerservice, De-Tariffing.

UNIT-II: Insurance forms - Proposals - cover notes - Certificates of Insurance - Policies-Endorsements - Renewal Receipts, Scope of Fire, Marine (Cargo and Hull),Motor , Miscellaneous Accident, Aviation, Engineering, Liability, ProfessionalIndemnity, Agr icultura l I nsurances,Special c lasses of Insurances, Oil andEnergy, Satellite Insurances and Specia l Contingency covers. Industr ial A ll Risks, Project Insurances and Advanced Loss of Profits.

UNIT-III: Physical and Moral hazard - Rating practice (Tariff/Non-tariff) - Bonus/MalusMethods of premium calculation - Return of Premium - Pre - acceptance RiskInspection - Risk inspections for special rating and Premium Discounts - Periodicinspections of large projects.

UNIT-IV: Underwriting practice in India and other important insurance markets - Co-insurance and re-insurance practice, New Business and Renewal Procedure.

UNIT-V: Claims Procedure - Survey by professional Surveyors - Role of surveyors inloss minimization and salvage- Use of Insurances Own Surveyors in othermarkets-Settlement of claims and recovery procedures, Risk Management andrisk control - Role of Insurance Brokers in Risk Management, InsuranceProgramming and Placement.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C. -22.(2012).Insurance. Books of Insurance Institute of India ,Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA (BF)-309FIRE & MARINE INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide an understanding of the fire and motor insurance and theirrelevance.UNIT-I: History of f ire insurance, Application of Basic Princ iples, the Standard Fire and

Specia l Perils Policy, Add on covers, Special Polic ies and Clause, Fire Insurance

practice in the U.K. and U.S.A.UNIT-II: Structure of All India Fire Tariff, Rules, Regulations and Rating, Fire Insurance

documents, Proposal form, Cover note, Policy-Endorsement, Renewal Notice,Underwriting and Re-insurance.

UNIT-III: Claims, Legal Aspects, R ights and Duties of parties, Onus of proof - TheDoctrine of Proximate cause-Warranties, Non- standard and ex-gratia claims-?Without prejudice? -Rule for construction of policies, Claims procedure, Cla imform, surveyors' functions , process of loss assessment, survey reports.

UNIT-IV: Marine insurance market in India and U.K, Internationa l and domestic trade-market, parties to a contract and role of intermediatries-Contract of sale-INCOterms, Finance for trade-bills of exchange and documentary credits etc,Underwriting documents, Rules of interpretation, payment of premium, stampduties, Exchange control regulations regarding payment of premiums.

UNIT-V: Risk and rating factor in cargo Underwriting, type of commodities, method ofpacking, stowage and their susceptibility to loss or damage. Extraneous risksand their effects on cargo Containers, pa llets and multi- moda l transport systemsand particular characteristics of these systems. Common type of vessels including their operating and risk characteristics, Type of policies to cover shipowners's insurable interests. Hull underwriting and rating. P& I cover in general.Type of marine frauds and precautionary measures for their prevention.Abbreviations-shipping, insurance and commercial terms. New development inunderwriting in the internationa l market.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C. 22.(2012).Insurance. Books of Insurance Institute of India, Mumbai.NOTE: The list of Cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA (BF)-310MOTOR & MISCELLANEOUS ACCIDENT INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To provide an understanding of the miscellaneous (accident) insurance andtheir relevance.UNIT-I: History of motor insurance, Application of basic principles of insurance,

Types of vehicles, Types of policies, The Motor Vehicles Act, 1939, as amended,important legal decis ions.

UNIT-II: Scope of cover under different types of policies, Tariff Rules and Regulations,Proposal forms, Underwriting, Rating, Extras and Discounts, Cover notes/Certificates of insurance, Policy forms, endorsements, Renewals.

UNIT-III: Claims processing and settlement, MACT, Lok Adalat / Lok Nyaya laya, JaldRahat Yojana, Motor Claims, Forms, Check Lists, Minimisation programme.

UNIT-IV: Risk covered under Fidelity Guarantee - Types of commercial fidelity guaranteepolicies - Proposal forms and applicant's form - Performance guarantee - CourtBonds - Custom bonds and Excise Bonds. Risk covered under Burglary polices- Proposal form - Risk impr ovement - Types of policies - All risk policies -Baggage Insurance policies - Money-in-trans it insurance policies.

UNIT-V: Bankers indemnities - Jewelers Block Polic ies on Pedal cyc le, plate glass, NeonSign -Blood Stock - Televis ion - Sports - Special Contingency - Missing documents-Contact Lenses - Gasoline attendants - Compos ite polic ies - Shopkeeper and

{97} {98}

Page 51: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Householders/ Doctors and Package - LPG dealers Multipliers.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. I.C.22.(2012.) . Insurance. Books of Insurance Institute of India, Mumbai.NOTE: The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announcedin the class.

MBA (BF)-311QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR FINANCIAL DECISIONS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: To impart an intensive knowledge of the quantitative analysis in finance forthe specific decision making in business.UNIT-I: Merger, Amalgamation and Acquisition Decisions, Legal and Procedural Aspects

of Amalgamation and Acquisition Decisions, Role of Merchant Bankers in Mergerand. Acquisition Deals, Practical Problems.

UNIT-II: Valuation Theories: Fundamental Vs Technical Theory, Valuation of Good Will,Dividend Policy and its Impact on Valuation of Shares of a Company.

UNIT-III: Corporate Debt Capacity, Gordon Donaldson Theory, Capital Structure Problems,Investment Decisions under Certainty and Uncertainty Conditions, Problem ofCapital Rationing, Practical Problems.

UNIT-IV: Cost-Volume-profit Analysis Under Conditions of Uncertainty, Lease Financing:Forms of Lease Financing, Accounting Treatment, Tax Matters, Lease FinancingVs Debt Financing, Practical Problems.

UNIT-V: Application of Quantitative Techniques in Financial Decision Making Like LinearProgramming, Goal Programming, Regression Analysis, Simulation Techniquesand Sensitivity Analysis.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Avadhani, V.A. (1992).Investment & Securities Market in India: Investment

Management. Himalayan Publication,New Delhi.2. Benoit, B., Mandelbrot, Richard .L., Hudson (2006), The Misbehaviour Of Markets:

A Fractal View Of Risk, Ruin and Return, Basic books, New Delhi.3. Horne V. & James C. (1997).Financial Management and Policy. Prentice Hall Inc.,

New Delhi.4. Kaptan, S.S. (2001).Investment Management.Sarup & Sons, New Delhi.5. Pandey I. M. (2004).Financial Management. Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.,

New Delhi.6. Richard A B. (1996).Principles of Corporate Finance".Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.7. Sharma J. K. (2008).Operation Research- Theories & Application.Macmillian India

Ltd., New Delhi.8. Watsham T. J., & Parramore K. (1997), Quantitative Methods In Finance, Cengage

Learning , New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA(BF)-312INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL ENGINEERING

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.

OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to apprise the students with the concepts andpractices of Investment Management.UNIT-I: Introduction - Securities Market, Mobilization of Savings, Objectives of Investors,

Investment Avenues, Investment Media, Features of an Investment Programme.UNIT-II: Development of Financial System in India, Structure of Financial Markets, Financial

Institutions, New Developments in the Financial System.UNIT-III: Government Securities- Types, Life Insurance, Kinds of Policies, Procedure for

taking a policy, Investment in Units, Different Unit Schemes, Tax Benefits, ProvidentFunds, National Saving Schemes-Post Office Savings and other AlternativeForms of Investment.

UNIT-IV: Stock Markets in India, Role of New Issues Market, Mechanics of Security Tradingin Stock Exchanges, Kinds of Trading Activity, Listing of Securities, Legal Controlof Stock Exchange in India.

UNIT-V: Derivatives and Latest trading practices, Forward contracts, future contracts,options and other derivatives, future market and use of futures for hedging,interest rate futures, SWAPS, Black Scholes Analysis.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Avadhani, V.A.(1992).Investment & Securities Market in India: Investment

Management. Himalayan Publication, New Delhi.2. Beder, S. T, & Marshall, M.C. (2011).Financial Engineering: The Evolution of

Profession.John Wiley & Sons,New Jersey.3. Bhalla, V.K. (2008).Investment Management.S. Chand Publication, New Delhi.4. Kaptan, S.S. (2001).Investment Management. Sarup & Sons,New Delhi.5. Litterman, B. (2004).Modern Investment Management: A Equilibrium Approach.

John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey.6. Maheshwari, Y. (2008).Investment Management.Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.7. Neftci, N. S. (2008).Principles of Financial Engineering. Academic Press,United States.8. Ruppert, D. (2011).Statistic & Data Analysis for financial Engineering.Springer,

New York.9. Vishwanathan, R. & Krishnamurthy, C. (2009), "Investment Management:A

Modern Guide to Security Analysis and Stock Selection. Springer,New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-313FINANCIAL SYSTEM AND FINANCIAL SERVICES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to apprise the students with the concepts andpractices of merchant banking and financial services.UNIT-I: Nature and role of financial system, financial market: Money market, capital

market. Money market Instrument: Call money, treasury bills, certificates ofdeposits, commercial bills, trade bills. Nature & Scope of financial services,Management of risk in financial services.

UNIT-II: Origin, meaning, need, functions and growth of merchant banking institutions inIndia, steps involved in the establishment of merchant banking outfit, MerchantBanking Activities, Project counseling and appraisal and financing.

UNIT-III: Non Banking Finance companies (NBFCs), Meaning, Types and services renderedby (NBFCs), Debt Securitization, Leasing and hire purchase, National Securitiesand Depository Limited (NSDL).

UNIT-IV: Factoring, forfeiting and Bill discounting, Housing Finance and credit rating,

{99} {100}

Page 52: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

Types of credit and credit regulations.UNIT-V: Banking and Insurance, Credit cards, Venture Capital, Forex markets regulation

and control role of IMF and IBRD.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Broyles J.(2003), Financial Management and Real Options,John Wiley &Sons

Ltd,England.2. Burton, (2012). Introduction to Financial Markets. Mesharpe, USA.3. Khan, M. Y. (2010), Indian Financial System, Tata McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi.4. Kolb ,R. W. (1993), Financial Institutions and Markets (paperback), Kolb Publishing

Co., USA.5. kidwell D., Peterson R. L., & Blackwell D. W. (1999), Financial Institutions Markets

and Money, Vol.7.John wiley, USA.6. Madura J. (2012), Financial Institutions and Markets, Thomson South Western, USA.7. Pattanaik A. (2012), Financial Markets and Institutions, Daya Publishing House,

New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specif ic reference and books inc luding recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-314MANAGEMENT OF BANKS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to appraise the students with the banking lawand practices and develop an understanding of various laws affecting banks.UNIT-I: Evolution of banking law, Main provisions of The Banking Regulation Act 1949, The

RBI Act 1934, The Negotiable Instruments Act 1880, Capital Adequacy in Banks.UNIT-II: Cheques- Requisite of cheque, crossing and endorsement, Refusal of cheque

payment by Bank, Protection to a paying Banker, The collecting Banker- Dutiesand legal Protection.

UNIT-III: Securities for Bank Advances: Forms of securities and precautions taken byBanks in accepting these securities.

UNIT-IV: Guarantees- Contract of Guarantee and contract of indemnity, Guarantee asBanker's Security, Legal decisions relating to Guarantees, Law relating to Letterof credit, Parties to a Letter of credit, Types of Letter of credit, writing reports onBank visits and prevailing practices in Banking- Case studies.

UNIT-V: Banker Customer Relationship- Special customers including lunatics, Un-dischargedBankrupts Agents, Executors and Administrators, Partnerships, Joint Stockcompanies and Trusts, Contemporary issues in Bank Management -An overview.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Ghosh, A. (2012).Managing Risk in Commercial retail Banking.Wiley, New Delhi.2. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance (IIBF). (2010). Bank Financial

Management.Macmillan, New Delhi.3. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance (IIBF). (2010).Principles & Practices of

Banking.Macmillan, New Delhi.4. Koch, T. W. & Scott S. (2009), Bank Management.Cengage Learning, USA.5. Ruozi, R.., & Ferrari, P. (2013), Liquidity Risk Management in Bank Economic &

Regulatory Issues, London: Springer. Heidelberg Newyork..6. Rose P.S. & Hudgins P.S. (2005), Banking Management & Financial Services.Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.7. Suresh, P., & Paul, J. (2011). Management of Banking & Financial Services.

Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi8. Varshney P.N. (2001), Banking Law & Practice.Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.

NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recentarticles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-315CORPORATE FINANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to acquaint the student with the concepts ofcorporate finance.UNIT-I: Capital Budgeting (Investment Decision) Analysis: Nature of Capital Budgeting

Decision, Investment Evaluation Criteria, Methods of Estimating Cash Flows andcost of capital for Investment Analysis, Approaches to Investment Decisionsunder capital Rationing-Profitability, Index and Programming Techniques.

UNIT-II: Capital structure: Relationship between capital structure and the Values of aFirm (Net-Income Approach, Net Operating Income Approach, Traditional orIntermediate Approach, Modigliani -Miller Approach), Financial Distress, Featuresof an Appropriate Capital Structure, Capital Structure Approaches (Operatingand Financial Leverage Approach, Cost of Capital and Valuation Approach,Cash flow approach).

UNIT-III: Management of Working Capital: Concepts and Components of working Capital,Need for working Capital, Determinants of Working Capital Requirements andtheir Estimation, Approaches to Effective and Efficient Management of workingCapital, Sources of Working Capital Finance.

UNIT- IV: Cash and Inventory Management: Motives for Holding Cash, Nature of the Problemof Cash Management, Cash Planning and Management, Optimal Cash Balance,Management of Marketable Securities, Need to hold Inventories, Objectives andTechniques of Inventory Management, Inventory Investment Analysis.

UNIT-V: Dividend Management: Forms of Dividends, Scope, Significance and Objectivesof Dividend Policy, Dividend Theories (Walter, Gordon and Modigliani -Miller Models).

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Chandra, P. (1997), Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.2. Chandra, P. (1997) Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill,

New Delhi.3. James, C., Horne V. and Wachowicz J. M. (1997), Fundamentals of Financial

Management. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.4. Kishore R.M. (2002), Financial Management, New Delhi, Taxmann Allied Services

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.5. Khan M.Y & Jain P K (1992) Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.6. Ross, S. A., Westerfield, R. & Jordon, B. D.,(2008) Fundamentals of Corporate

Finance . Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.7. Ross S.A., Westerfield R. W. (2001), Corporate Finance. Tata McGraw-Hill, New

Delhi.8. Rustogi R.P. (2002), Financial Management, New Delhi, Galgoti Publishing House,

New Delhi.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-316CASH MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. The

{101} {102}

Page 53: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

student has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to appraise the student with cash management.UNIT-I: Cash in Business: Origin of cash, motives for holding cash, factors influencing

cash availability in a business, management of cash, Cash flow cycle, CashBudget: Planning and Forecasting, Time Horizon.

UNIT-II: Cash budget: Short Term, Long Term and Cash Management Techniques.UNIT-III: Liquidity and efficient use of cash: Symptoms of a Liquidity Problems,

Measurement of Liquidity, Ratios of Operating Cash Flow, Management ofReceivables, Management of Inventory, Investment of Short Term Surpluses.

UNIT-IV: Sources of Short and Medium Term Financing, Sources of Long Term Financing.UNIT-V: Money Market and Instruments, Internal Control- Cash and Treasury.SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Chorafas, D. N., (2002). Liabilities, Liquidity and Cash Management. John Wiley

& Sons. New Jersey2. Fabozzi, F. J. (2000). Cash Management: Products and Strategies, John Wiley &

Sons. New Jersey.3. Hopkins, R. (2012). Practical Cash Management, Budgeting, Forecasting and

Analysis. Booktango Books., Bloomington.4. Reider, R. & Heyle, P. B., (2003). Managing Cash Flow: An Operational Focus

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New Jersey.5. Tennent, J. (2012). Guide to Cash Management. John Wiley & Sons. New Jersey.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-317MARKETING OF SERVICES

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The main objective of the course is to help students to learn the variousconcepts, motivational ltechniques and polices of marketing of services.UNIT-I: Marketing of services: Concept & Issues, Conceptual Framework-Reasons,

Characteristics, Type & Marketing Implication, Significance of Service Marketing,MIS in Service Marketing, Service Classification.

UNIT-II: Designing Services Strategy: Service Mission and Market Segmentation, Elementsof Service, Marketing Mix, Designing, Service Market Plan.

UNIT-III: Marketing of Financial Services: Marketing of Banking Services, Classificationof Customers, Insurance Marketing, Event Management.

UNIT-IV: Marketing of Health Services: Health Services in India, Hospital Marketing and ITES.UNIT-V: Marketing of Selected Services: Professionall Service Marketing, Marketing of Public

Utilities. Marketing of Educational Service, Formulation of Marketing Mix in HotelIndustry- Hotel Level Services & Tourism Services, Pricing Decisions Production,Consultancy Marketing- Marketing Segmentation in Consultancy Marketing.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. A. Payne,( 1995). The Essence of Services Marketing, PHI, New Delhi.2. Cowell ,D.W (1994)The Marketing of Services, Heinemann, London,3. Helen Woodroff(1995). Service Marketing.Macmillan, New Delhi.4. Harsh Verma(2012). Marketing of Services. PHI, New Delhi.5. S.C. Sahoo,(1994).Services Marketing Text & Reading, Himalaya Publishing, Mumbai.6. S.M. Jha (1994).Services Marketing.Himalaya Publishing, Mumbai.

7. Wagen(2005). Event Management, Pearson Education,New DelhiNOTE: The list of cases, specific reference and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-318E- COMMERCE AND E GOVERNANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The key to competing in the digital economy is business model innovation thatexploits the power of business webs. Information Technology (IT) is becoming the maindriving force in every sector of the Indian economy. To manage public affairs for thebenefit of the citizens, the Governments at the National, State and local levels, areincreasingly adopting e-Government technologies in public service delivery.UNIT-I: Electronic Commerce- Technology and prospects, Introduction, Economic

Potential, Incentive and Mechanics of E-commerce, Internet Commercearchitecture.

UNIT-II: Internet based E-commerce Issues problems and prospects- E-commerce andInternet, benefits of Internet for E-commerce, Impediments & issues, Developmentof Technology of EDI, Internet & the WWW.

UNIT-III: Overview of e-Government and e-Governance, National Egovernance Plan (NeGP),e-Governance Project Management Practices, Models of e-Governance Projects

UNIT-IV: Payment Systems & Security - Role of Payment, Real world Payment Systems,Smart Cards, On line Credit Card Payment, Electronic Cheques and Funds,Transfer Security Design, EDI Security Concept, Security Mechanisms, InternetSecurity, Achieving Application Security, Authentication.

UNIT-V: E-Commerce Issues & Opportunities in Implementation and Role of Government-Commercial Issues, Infrastructure Issues, Social and cultural issues, Role ofGovt. and Policy Recommendations, Overview of TCP/IP Protocol, InformationTechnology Act 2000 and Emerging trends in E- Commerce.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bagga, R.K. & Gupta P. (2009.)Transforming Government: e-Governance

Initiatives in India, ICFAI Press, Hyderabad2. Diwan, Parag & Sharma, Sushil (2005). E -commerce- A Manger's Guide to E-

Business, Excel Books, Delhi.3. Forouzan, B. A.(2007) .Cryptography And Network Security.Tata McGraw

Hill,New Delhi.4. Gupta, M.P., Kumar P., & Bhattacharya, J.(20040Government Online, 2004, Tata

McGraw-Hill,New Delhi.5. Kalakota,R. & Maricia. (1996). Frontiers in e-commerce.Addison Wesley, NY,USA.6. Kalakota,R. & Robinson,M.(1999).E-Business- Road Map for Success .Addison

Wesley, NY,USA7. Kalakota& Robinson (2004) .E-Business 2.0:Road Map for Success, Pearson

Education, New Delhi8. Richard, H.(2006). Implementing and Managing e-Government. Sage Publication,

New Delhi.9. Winfield G., Treese,&Lawrance C. S. (1998).Designing Systems for Internet

Commerce. Addison Wesley,USANOTE: The list of cases, specific reference and books including recent articles will beannounced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

MBA (BF)-319

{103} {104}

Page 54: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

COMPETITIVE MARKETINGDuration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The basic objective of this course is to develop skills for analyzing marketcompetition and des ign appropr iate marketing strategies for higher market share.UNIT-I: Market situation analys is of competitor's strategies and estimating the ir reaction

pattern and competitive position.UNIT-II: Market leader strategies-expanding the total market, protecting market share,

expanding market share;UNIT-III: Market challenger strategies-choosing and attack strategy, market follower

strategies, Market Nicher strategies, competitive market strategy for emergingindustries.

UNIT-IV: Declining industries and fragmented industries; balancing customer and competitoror ientations, industry segmentation and competitive advantage.

UNIT-V: Product differentiation and brand positioning, competitive pricing, competitiveadvertising, role of sales promotion in competitive marketing.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Cravens, D W. Homewood, Illinois. ( 1987). Strategic Marketing., Richard D.Irwin,

USA.2. Kaynak,E & Savitt,R. (1984). Comparative Marketing System. Praegar. New York3. Poter, M E. ( 1985) Competitive Advantage:Creating, Sustaining Superior

Performance. free Press. New York4. Poter,M E.( 1980). Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analysing Industries

Competitors. Free Press, New York.5. Kotler, Philip (2011).Marketing Management-Analysis, Planning, Implementation

and Control.Prentice Hall of India, N. Delhi.6. Kotler, Philip & Armstrong, Gary(2009). Principles of Marketing. Prentice Hall of

India, N. Delhi.7. Neelamegham, S.(2000).Indian Cases in Marketing. Vikas publication, New Delhi.8. Ramaswamy, V.S. & Namakumari (1995).Marketing Management -Planning,

Implementation & Control. Macmillan, New Delhi.9. Singh,V.K (1999). Effective Management Workout - A casestudy Way, Himalayan

Publication10. Stanton William J.(1994). Fundamentals of Marketing. Mc-Graw Hill, New York.NOTE: The list of cases, specific references and books including recent articles andreports will be announced in the class by concerned teachers from time to time.

FOURTH SEMESTERMBA-401

DISSERTATIONThe dissertation shall be submitted by 30th April.. A late fee of Rs 1000/ w ill be paid by thestudent, if he/she fails to submit the report thereafter. A committee will approve the subject/topic of Dissertation, after the scrutiny and personal interview.

MBA(BF)-402INSURANCE LAW AND REGULATION

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.

{105} {106}

OBJECTIVE: To introduce the student with insurance laws and regulations. To make themunderstand the controlling authorities existing in insurance industry.UNIT-I: Definition and sources of Law - Judicial set up in India -- Insurance as a contract

-Legal principles: Principle of indemnity, Insurable interest, Subrogation, andUtmost good faith History of Insurance Legislation in India -- Life InsuranceCorporation Act 1956 - General Insurance Business Nationalization Act 1973.

UNIT -II: Current Legal Environment - Insurance Act 1938 (amended) & InsuranceRegulatory & Development Act- An Overview - Insurance Sector Reforms - TheInsurance Regulatory Development Authority (IRDA) Act, 1999 - IRDA (Investment)Regulations 2000 - IRDA Guidelines for Insurance Brokers Securities andExchange Board of India (SEBI) Act, 1992 - SEBI Guidelines.

UNIT -III: Insurance Intermediaries - Regulations issued by IRDA for Insurance Agents &Brokers - Agency Contract - License to act as insurance agent - Authority of alife Insurance Agent rights and responsibilities agent's compensation andhereditary commission termination of agency - nomination facility - Licensing ofInsurance Brokers - Role & Responsibilities of Insurance Brokers.

UNIT -IV: Legal Aspects of Life Assurance - Mortgage of Life Policies - Different kinds ofProofs of Death - Various forms of Evidence of Testate - and Intestate Succession- Presumption of Death - Indemnity & Guarantee - Attachments and ProhibitoryOrders - Provisions of Limitation Act as applicable to Insurance Contracts.

UNIT -V: Exchange Control Regulations as applicable to General Insurance - IRDADirections for protections of policy holders - Consumer Protection Act 1986-Arbitration & conciliation Act -1996 vigilance set up Insurance Ombudsman.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. IC 24 (2012).Legal Aspects of Life Assurance .Indian Institute of Insurance.2. Mishra, K.C. and Bakshi ,M.(2000).Legal and Regulatory Aspects of Insurance.

CENGAGE learning, Delhi.3. Srinivasan, M. N.(2000).'Principles Of Insurance Law (Life - Fire - Marine - Motor

And Accident)'.4. Murthy, KSN., & Sharma ,KVS.(2005). Modern Law Of Insurance.5. Vijayaraghavan,NC. & Pradeep .(2002). General Insurance Claims through arbitration.

MBA (BF)-403ENGINEERING & LIABILITY INSURANCE

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question paperOBJECTIVE: To provide the conceptual understanding of Engineering and liability insurance.To familiarize the student with claims procedures and related regulations.UNIT-I: Liability Insurance- Introduction- Historical Background- Basic Principles of

Insurance- Insurable Interest- Indemnity- Utmost Good Faith- Scope of LiabilityInsurance- Special Features of Liability Insurance.

UNIT- II: Legal Background- Introduction- Employer's Liability for Negligence of Employees-Principal's Liability for Negligence of Contractors- The Law of Strict Liability- TheLaw of Absolute Liability- Director's & Officer's Personal Liability- StatutoryLiability- The Consumer Protection Act, 1986.

UNIT- III: Compulsory Public Liability Insurance Act,1991- No Fault Liability- Compulsory Insurance-Claims Procedure- Operative Clause- Exclusions- Conditions- Product LiabilityInsurance- Legal Background- Risk Assessment Report- Rating- Premium Computation-Employer's Liability Insurance- Introduction- The Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923-Employer Liability for Compensation - Methods of Reinsurance.

Page 55: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

UNIT- IV: Origin & History of Engineering Insurance-Special features of EngineeringInsurance-Project Insurance-Construction phase-Policies-Contractors all riskinsurance-Storage cum erection insurance-contract work insurance-contractorsplant & Machinery insurance.

UNIT- V: Operational Phase Or annual policies - Machinery insurance-Electronic equipment-Boiler and Pleasure plant insurance - Civil engineering completed Risk - Machineryloss of profits insurance - Advance laws of Profit insurance- Detoriation of stockinsurance-General aspect of engineering insurance-Industrial risks.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. IC-79.(2012). Engineering and Liability Insurance .Insurance Institute of India,

Mumbai.2. IC-74 .(2012). Liability Insurance. Insurance Institute of India, Mumbai.3. IC-77.(2012). Engineering Insurance. Insurance Institute of India, Mumbai.

MBA (BF)-404WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to appraise the student with Industrial Law.UNIT-I: Introduction to Working Capital: Nature, Scope and Definition of Working Capital,

Working Capital Cycle, Assessment and Computation of Working CapitalRequirement, Overview of Working Capital Management.

UNIT-II: Management of Cash and Marketable Securities, Cash Budget, Flexible budget,Marketable Securities: Concept, types, reasons for holding marketable securities,Cash Management Practices in India.

UNIT-III: Management of Receivables: Receivables: Nature & cost of maintainingreceivables, objectives of receivables management, factors affecting size ofreceivables, policies for managing accounts receivables.

UNIT-IV: Inventory: Need for monitoring & control of inventories, objectives of inventorymanagement, Benefits of holding inventory, risks and costs associated withinventories, Inventory Management: Minimizing cost in inventory, Techniques ofInventory Management - Classification, order quantity, order point etc.

UNIT-V: Working Capital Financing: Need and objectives of financing of working capital,short term credit, mechanism and cost-benefit analysis of alternative strategies forfinancing working capital : Pattern and sources of Working Capital Financing in India.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Bhattacharya H. (2006).Working Capital Management: Strategies & Techniques",

Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.2. Jain , N. K. (2004).Working Capital Management.Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.3. Prere, L. (2010).Working Capital Management.Oxford University Press, USA.4. Vijaykumar, A. (2006). Working Capital Management.Northen Book Centre, New

Delhi.

MBA (BF)-405FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to appraise the student with Financial Markets

{107} {108}

and institutions.UNIT-I: Financial System: Nature and Role of Financial System; Structure/organization

of financial system; Functions of financial sector; Indian Financial System-anoverview; Regulatory Framework for Non-banking Financial Institutions; Primarymarkets; Secondary markets; Money Markets.

UNIT-II: Management of Commercial Banks: An overview, Management of BankingInstitutions; Negotiable Instruments; Working Capital Management; ProjectFinancing, including Infrastructure Projects; Prudential Norms Prescribed byRegulators; Non-Performing Assets.

UNIT-III: Risk of Financial Inter-Mediation: Introduction; Interest Rate Risk; Market Risk;Credit Risk; Operational Risk; Liquidity Risk.

UNIT-IV: Risk Management in Financial Institutions Managing Credit Risk; Liability andLiquidity Management; Managing Interest Risk; Managing Operational Risk;Managing Risk through Sale of Assets and Securitisation, Derivatives.

UNIT-V: Management of Non-Banking Financial Institutions and Depositories: Securitisation:Concept, nature, scope, and their implications; DFIs in India: NABARD, StateLevel Institutions- IDFC, IFCI, IDBI, SIDBI, Functions and objectives of Depository.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Ehrhardt, B. (2008).Financial Management Theory and Practices. Cengage

learning, USA.2. Gitman (2007). Principle of Managerial Finance. Pearson Education India, New Delhi.3. Howells, & Bain K. (2007). Financial Market and Institutions. Pearson Education

India, New Delhi.4. Colombo S.(2005). Financial Market Imperfections and Corporate

Decision.Pearson Education India, New Delhi.5. Patra K. (2006). Accounting and Finance for Managers.Sarup and Sons, New Delhi.6. Fabozzi (2002). Foundation of Financial Market and Institutions. Pearson Education

India, New Delhi.7. Davidson ,P. (2002). Financial Markets, Money and The Real World,Edward Elgar

Publishing, USA.

MBA (BF)-406INTERNATIONAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Duration of Main Exam: 3 Hrs. External-70, Internal-30NOTE: Ten questions are to be set t aking two questions from each unit. Thestudent has to attempt FIVE questions taking one question from each unit. Theprevious year paper/model may be used as a guideline and the followingsyllabus should be strictly followed while setting the question p aper.OBJECTIVE: This paper deals with a broad conceptual focus on the marketing managementproblems, techniques and Strategies necessary to incorporate the marketing concept intothe framework of the world market place.The present course explores those aspects ofmarketing which are unique to international business.UNIT-I: Importance and Challenge of International Marketing-Definition of International

Marketing: Domestic Marketing Vs. International Marketing; Categories of Internationalmarketing Involvements; International Marketing Task; Nature of International MarketingManagement; Characteristics of International Marketing Executives

UNIT-II. Analysis of International Marketing Environment and Identifying Foreign MarketsPolitical Considerations and Governmental Influences; Cultural and Social Dynamics;Economic Development and Geographical Conditions; Competitive Conditions; Legaland Financial Influences, Trends in WTO, UNCTAD,IMF,WORLD BANK GROUP

UNIT-III. International Marketing Intelligence and Research-Analysis of World Market;Market analysis; Purposes and Methods; Marketing Intelligence; InternationalMarketing Research. Ê Planning Entry and Operations Strategies-Export;Franchise, Joint Ventures; Direct Investment; Multinational Operations

Page 56: COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUSgkv.ac.in/fwd/Syllabus_MBA-2014-onwards.pdf · COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS R a n k e d a m o ... Ethical Decision-Making, Indian Ethos for Management, V

UNIT-IV. International Product Policies and pricing decisions-Strategic Considerations inMaking Multinational Product decisions; Alternative Strategies in Multi-nationalProduct Planning; Methodology in Making Multinational product Decisions.International Pricing Decisions-Price Escalation; International Transfer Pricing;Pricing Strategy; Factors influencing the Establishment of International Prices;Export Pricing, Differential Pricing.

UNIT-V. International Distribution System and Logistics-International Marketing ChannelDecisions; Importance and Scope of Channel Decisions; Channels betweenNations; International Physical Distribution Decisions; Nature of PhysicalDistribution, Risk management in international marketing, Institutional set-up forpromoters, export assistance.

SUGGESTED READINGS:1. Jani, B.M., Rathor, B.S., Rathor, J.S(2010).International Marketing.HPH, New Delhi.2. Cherunilam, Francis(2012). International Marketing.HPH, New Delhi.3. Jain, S. & Moitra, R.(2013). International Marketing.HPH, New Delhi.4. Clarke, G & Wilson, I.(2010). International Marketing.TMH, New Delhi.5. Ghauri, P. & Cateora, P.(2010). International Marketing.TMH, New Delhi.6. Cateora, P.& Graham, J.(2010). International Marketing.TMH, New Delhi.

{109} {110}


Recommended